Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

to a queen's taste

Толкование Перевод

1 to a queen's taste

( to a (или the) queen's taste)

в совершенстве

Large English-Russian phrasebook > to a queen's taste
2 taste

- a bad taste in one's mouth

- every man to his taste

- give smb. a taste of one's quality

- give smb. a taste of smth.

- in bad taste

- to a queen's taste

Large English-Russian phrasebook > taste
3 taste

I
vt. 맛보다, 먹다, 마시다, 경험하다
II
vi. 맛을 보다,...의 맛이 나다, 풍미(기미)가 있다(of)
III
n. 맛, 풍미, 미각, 경험, 시식, 한 입, 한 번 맛보기, 취미, 기호, 심미안, 풍치, a bad \taste in the mouth 개운치 않은 뒤맛, 나쁜 인상, in good(bad) \taste 품위 있게(없게), to the King's(Queen's)\taste 더할 나위없이

English-Korean dictionary > taste
4 a coon's age

разг.

(a coon's age (жарг. a dog's age))

долгое время, целая вечность [первонач. амер.]

‘Wasn't the dinner good! And honestly I thought the fried chicken was delicious!’ ‘You bet! Fried to the Queen's taste. Best fried chicken I've tasted for a coon's age.’ (S. Lewis, ‘Babbitt’, ch. IX) — - Превосходный обед! Нет, честное слово, цыплята удались на славу! - Не стыдно и королеве подать. Я таких цыплят уж сто лет не пробовал.

It's the most beautiful outfit I've seen in a coon's age. (J. Jones, ‘Some Came Running’, book II, ch. XXV) — Давно не видел такого красивого платья.

I ain't seen him in a coon's age! (E. S. Gardner, ‘The Case of the Smoking Chimney’, ch. 13) — Я не видел шерифа Лассена целую вечность.

Large English-Russian phrasebook > a coon's age
5 like

I 1. adjective
1) (resembling) wie

your dress is like mine — dein Kleid ist so ähnlich wie meins

your dress is very like mine — dein Kleid ist meinem sehr ähnlich

in a case like that — in so einem Fall

there was nothing like it — es gab nichts Vergleichbares

what is somebody/something like? — wie ist jemand/etwas?

what's he like to talk to? — wie redet es sich mit ihm?

more like twelve — eher zwölf

that's [a bit] more like it — (coll.): (better) das ist schon [etwas] besser; (coll.): (nearer the truth) das stimmt schon eher

they are nothing like each other — sie sind sich (Dat.) nicht im geringsten ähnlich

nothing like as or so good/bad/many etc. as... — bei weitem nicht so gut/schlecht/viele usw. wie...

2) (characteristic of) typisch für [dich, ihn usw.]

it's just like you to be late! — du musst natürlich wieder zu spät kommen!

3) (similar) ähnlich

be as like as two peas in a pod — sich (Dat.) gleichen wie ein Ei dem andern

like father, like son — (prov.) der Apfel fällt nicht weit vom Stamm (Spr.)
2. preposition
(in the manner of) wie

[just] like that — [einfach] so
3. conjunction
(coll.)

1) (in same or similar manner as) wie

he is not shy like he used to be — er ist nicht mehr so schüchtern wie früher

2) (coll.): (for example) etwa; beispielsweise
4. noun
1) (equal)

his/her like — seines-/ihresgleichen

the likes of me/you — (coll.) meines-/deinesgleichen

2) (similar things)

the like — so etwas

and the like — und dergleichen
II 1. transitive verb
(be fond of, wish for) mögen

like it or not — ob es dir/ihm usw. gefällt oder nicht

like vegetables — Gemüse mögen; gern Gemüse essen

like doing something — etwas gern tun

would you like a drink/to borrow the book? — möchtest du etwas trinken/dir das Buch leihen?

would you like me to do it? — möchtest du, dass ich es tue?

I'd like it back soon — ich hätte es gern bald zurück

I didn't like to disturb you — ich wollte dich nicht stören

I like that! — (iron.) so was hab' ich gern! (ugs. iron.)

how do you like it? — wie gefällt es dir?

how does he like living in America? — wie gefällt es ihm in Amerika?

how would you like an ice cream? — was hältst du von einem Eis?

if you like — (expr. assent) wenn du willst od. möchtest; (expr. limited assent) wenn man so will
2. noun, in pl.
likes and dislikes — Vorlieben und Abneigungen

* * *
I 1. adjective
(the same or similar: They're as like as two peas.) wie
2. preposition
(the same as or similar to; in the same or a similar way as: He climbs like a cat; She is like her mother.) wie
3. noun
(someone or something which is the same or as good etc as another: You won't see his like / their like again.) der/die/das Gleiche
4. conjunction
((especially American) in the same or a similar way as: No-one does it like he does.) so wie

- academic.ru/43012/likely">likely
- likelihood
- liken
- likeness
- likewise
- like-minded
- a likely story! - as likely as not
- be like someone
- feel like
- he is likely to
- look like
- not likely! II verb
1) (to be pleased with; to find pleasant or agreeable: I like him very much; I like the way you've decorated this room.) mögen

2) (to enjoy: I like gardening.) mögen

•

- likeable
- likable
- liking
- should/would like
- take a liking to
* * *

like¹

[laɪk]

I. prep

1. (similar to) wie

\like most people wie die meisten Leute

\like father, \like son wie der Vater, so der Sohn

she smokes \like a chimney sie raucht wie ein Schlot fam

what was your holiday \like? wie war dein Urlaub?

what does it taste \like? wie schmeckt es?

what's it \like to be a fisherman? wie ist das Leben als Fischer?

you're acting \like a complete idiot! du benimmst dich wie ein Vollidiot!

it feels \like ages since we last spoke ich habe das Gefühl, wir haben schon ewig nicht mehr miteinander gesprochen

he looks \like his brother er sieht seinem Bruder ähnlich

he's going to grow big \like his father er wird so groß wie sein Vater werden

he's been looking for someone \like her er hat so jemanden wie sie gesucht

she looked nothing \like the Queen sie sah überhaupt nicht wie die Queen aus

he's nothing \like as fat as his father er ist noch lange nicht so dick wie sein Vater

there were nothing \like enough people dort waren viel zu wenig Leute

there's nothing \like a good cup of coffee es geht doch nichts über eine gute Tasse Kaffee

or something \like that oder etwas in der Richtung

just \like sb/sth genau wie jd/etw

that's just \like him! das sieht ihm ähnlich!

you've already got a shirt that's just \like it? du hast genau dasselbe Hemd schon einmal?

▪ to be \like sb/sth wie jd/etw sein

what colour did you want? — is it anything \like this? welche Farbe wollten Sie? — ungefähr wie diese hier?

2. (such as) wie

natural materials \like cotton and wool Naturstoffe wie Baumwolle oder Schafwolle

why are you talking to me \like that? warum sprichst du so mit mir?

3. (normal for)

▪ to be \like/not be \like sb to do sth:

that's just \like Patricia to be late! das sieht Patricia wieder ähnlich, zu spät zu kommen!

4.

▶ \like anything ( fam) wie verrückt fam

▶ to do sth \like crazy [or mad] ( fam) etw wie verrückt tun fam

▶ it looks \like rain/snow es sieht nach Regen/Schnee aus

▶ that's more \like it! das ist schon besser!

II. conj ( fam)

1. (the same as) wie

\like I said wie ich schon sagte

do it \like I do mach es so wie ich

let's go swimming in the lake \like we used to lass uns im See schwimmen gehen wie früher

2. (as if) als ob

it sounds to me \like you ought to change jobs das hört sich für mich so an, als solltest du den Job wechseln

you look \like you've just got out of bed du siehst aus, als wärst du gerade aufgestanden

it looks \like it's going to rain es sieht nach Regen aus

she acts \like she's the boss sie tut so, als sei sie die Chefin

he spoke \like he was foreign er sprach, als wäre er ein Ausländer

III. n

▪ the/sb's \like (person) so jemand; (thing) so etwas

I have not seen his \like for many years [so] jemanden wie ihn habe ich schon seit vielen Jahren nicht mehr gesehen

have you ever seen the \like? hast du so was schon gesehen?

I don't like politicians and their \like ich kann Politiker und dergleichen nicht ausstehen; ( fam)

you'll never be able to go out with the \likes of him! mit so einem wie ihm wirst du nie ausgehen!

IV. adj inv

1. attr (similar) ähnlich

in \like manner auf gleiche Weise, gleichermaßen

to be of [a] \like mind gleicher Meinung sein

2. pred true to original ähnlich; statue, painting naturgetreu

V. adv inv

1. (sl: somehow) irgendwie

it was kind of funny \like es war irgendwie schon komisch, ne

if there's nothing you can do to change the situation, it's \like... why bother? also, warum sich aufregen, wenn man die Situation sowieso nicht ändern kann? fam

2. (sl: in direct speech)

everybody called her Annie and my mom was \like “it's Anne” alle sagten zu ihr Annie, aber meine Mutter meinte: „sie heißt Anne!“

I was like, “what are you guys doing here?” ich sagte nur, „was macht ihr hier eigentlich?“

3. (sl: filler)

he was \like, totally off his rocker er stand völlig neben sich fam, er war so total neben der Kappe BRD sl

4.

to do sth [as] \like as not etw sehr wahrscheinlich tun

like²

[laɪk]

I. vt

1. (enjoy)

▪ to \like sb/sth jdn/etw mögen

how do you \like my new shoes? wie gefallen dir meine neuen Schuhe?

I \like it when... ich hab's gern [o mag es], wenn...

▪ to \like doing [or to do] sth etw gern tun; ( iron: dislike) etw [wirklich] gernhaben iron fam

I \like the way he just assumes we'll listen to him when he doesn't take in a word anyone else says! das hab ich ja vielleicht gern! — wir sollen ihm zuhören, aber was andere sagen, das geht ihm zum einen Ohr rein und zum anderen wieder raus

I \like that! na, das hab ich gern! iron

2. (want)

wether you like it or not ob es dir passt oder nicht, ob du willst oder nicht

▪ sb would/should \like sth jd hätte gerne etw

I would \like the salad, please ich hätte gerne den Salat, bitte

would you \like a drink? möchten Sie etwas trinken?

▪ sb would/should \like to do sth jd möchte etw tun [o hätte gern[e] etw getan]

I should really \like to see you again ich möchte dich wirklich gern[e] wiedersehen

I'd \like to go to Moscow for my holidays ich würde gern[e] nach Moskau in Urlaub fahren

would you \like to join us for dinner tonight? möchten Sie heute Abend mit uns essen?

I'd \like to see him bring up children and go to work at the same time ich möchte wirklich [ein]mal sehen, wie er das machen würde — die Kinder großziehen und dann auch noch zur Arbeit gehen

you can drink a pint in two seconds? I'd \like to see that! du kannst einen halben Liter in zwei Sekunden austrinken? na, das möchte ich [doch mal] sehen!

▪ sb would/should \like sb to do sth jd möchte, dass jd etw tut

I'd \like you to send this for me first class könnten Sie das als Sonderzustellung für mich verschicken?

would you \like me to take you in the car? kann ich Sie ein Stück mitnehmen?

▪ sb would/should \like sth done jd möchte, dass etw getan wird

I would \like the whole lot finished by the weekend ich hätte das Ganze gern[e] bis zum Wochenende fertig

3. (prefer)

he \likes his steak rare er isst sein Steak gern englisch

how do you \like your tea? wie magst du deinen Tee?/wie trinken Sie Ihren Tee?

I \like to get up early ich stehe gerne früh auf

she \likes her men big sie mag [lieber] große Männer

4. (feel)

how would you \like to have a big boy pull your hair? wie würde es dir denn gefallen, wenn ein großer Junge dich am Haar ziehen würde?

II. vi

as you \like wie Sie wollen [o möchten]

you can do as you \like du kannst machen was du möchtest

if you \like wenn Sie wollen [o möchten]

we can leave now if you \like wir können jetzt gehen, wenn du möchtest

III. n

▪ \likes pl Neigungen pl

sb's \likes and dislikes jds Vorlieben [o Neigungen] und Abneigungen

* * *
I [laɪk]
1. adj

1) (= similar) ähnlich

the two boys are very like — die beiden Jungen sind sich (dat) sehr ähnlich

2)

(= same) of like origin — gleicher Herkunft

2. prep
wie
to be like sb — jdm ähnlich sein

they are very like each other — sie sind sich (dat) sehr ähnlich

to look like sb —

who(m) is he like? — wem sieht er ähnlich?, wem gleicht er?

what's he like? — wie ist er?

he's just bought a new car - what is it like? —

what's your new coat like? — wie sieht dein neuer Mantel aus?

she was like a sister to me — sie war wie eine Schwester zu mir

that's just like him! — das sieht ihm ähnlich!, das ist typisch!

it's not like him — es ist nicht seine Art

I never saw anything like it — so ( et)was habe ich noch nie gesehen

that's just like a woman! — typisch Frau!

that's more like it! — so ist es schon besser!

it's on company advice - orders, more like (inf) — es ist auf Anraten der Firma - besser gesagt auf Anordnung

that hat's nothing like as nice as this one — der Hut ist bei Weitem nicht so hübsch wie dieser

there's nothing like a nice cup of tea! — es geht nichts über eine schöne Tasse Tee!

there's nothing like it — das ist einmalig

is this what you had in mind? – it's something/nothing like it —

that's something like a steak! — das ist vielleicht ein Steak!, das nenne ich ein Steak!

the Americans are like that — so sind die Amerikaner

people like that — solche Leute

a car like that — so ein Auto, ein solches Auto

I found one like it — ich habe ein Ähnliches gefunden

one exactly like it — eines, das genau gleich ist

it will cost something like £10 — es wird etwa or so ungefähr £ 10 kosten

I was thinking of something like a doll — ich habe an so etwas wie eine Puppe gedacht

that sounds like a good idea — das hört sich gut an

like a man — wie ein Mann

like anything (inf) — wie verrückt (inf) or wild (inf)

like that — so

it wasn't like that at all — so wars doch gar nicht

he thinks like us —

A, like B, thinks that... — A wie (auch) B meinen, dass...

3. adv (inf)

it's nothing like — es ist nichts dergleichen

(as) like as not, very like, like enough — höchstwahrscheinlich, sehr wahrscheinlich

I found this money, like (dial) — ich hab da das Geld gefunden, nich (sl) or wa (dial) or gell (S Ger)

4. conj (strictly incorrect)

like I said — wie ich schon sagte, wie gesagt

it's just like I say — das sage ich ja immer

like we used to (do) — wie früher

do it like I do — mach es so wie ich

5. n
(= equal etc)
we shall not see his like again — einen Mann or so etwas (inf) wie ihn bekommen wir nicht wieder

did you ever see the like? (inf) — hast du so was schon gesehen?

and the like, and such like — und dergleichen

the like(s) of which — dergleichen

I've met the likes of you before — solche wie dich kenne ich schon

I've no time for the likes of him (inf) — mit solchen Leuten gebe ich mich nicht ab (inf)

like attracts like — Gleich und Gleich gesellt sich gern (prov)
II
1. n usu pl
(= taste) Geschmack m
she tried to find out his likes and dislikes — sie wollte herausbekommen, was er mochte und was nicht

when it comes to food he has far too many likes and dislikes — beim Essen ist er viel zu wählerisch

2. vt

1) person mögen, gernhaben

don't you like me a little bit? — magst du mich nicht ein kleines bisschen?

how do you like him? — wie gefällt er dir?

I don't like him — ich kann ihn nicht leiden, ich mag ihn nicht

he is well liked here — er ist hier sehr beliebt

2)

(= find pleasure in) I like black shoes — ich mag schwarze Schuhe, mir gefallen schwarze Schuhe

I like it — das gefällt mir

I like chocolate — ich mag Schokolade, ich esse gern Schokolade

I like dancing — ich tanze gern

I like this translation — ich finde diese Übersetzung gut

we like it here — es gefällt uns hier

that's one of the things I like about you — das ist eines der Dinge, die ich an dir mag

how do you like your coffee? — wie trinken Sie Ihren Kaffee?

I like wine but wine doesn't like me (inf) — ich trinke gern Wein, aber er bekommt mir nicht

how do you like Cádiz? — wie gefällt Ihnen Cádiz?

how would you like to go for a walk? — was hältst du von einem Spaziergang?

how would you like a black eye? —

your father won't like it — deinem Vater wird das nicht gefallen

well, I like that! (inf) — das ist ein starkes Stück! (inf)

(well) how do you like that? (inf) — wie findest du denn das? (inf)

3)

(= wish, wish for) I'd like an explanation — ich hätte gerne eine Erklärung

I should like more time — ich würde mir gerne noch etwas Zeit lassen

they would have liked to come — sie wären gern gekommen

I should like to know why — ich wüsste (gerne), warum

I should like you to do it — ich möchte, dass du es tust

I like to be obeyed — ich erwarte Gehorsam

whether he likes it or not — ob es ihm passt oder nicht, ob er will oder nicht

I didn't like to disturb him — ich wollte ihn nicht stören

what would you like? — was hätten or möchten Sie gern?, was darf es sein?

would you like a drink? —

would you like to go to Seville? — würden Sie gern nach Sevilla fahren?

I would like to take this opportunity to welcome Dr Allan — ich möchte diese Gelegenheit ergreifen, um Dr. Allan willkommen zu heißen

3. vi

he is free to act as he likes — es steht ihm frei, zu tun, was er will

as you like — wie Sie wollen

if you like — wenn Sie wollen

* * *

like¹ [laık]

A adj

1. gleich (dat), wie:

she is just like her sister sie ist geradeso wie ihre Schwester;

a man like you ein Mann wie du;

what is he like? wie ist er?;

he is like that er ist nun einmal so;

he was not like that before so war er doch früher nicht;

what does it look like? wie sieht es aus?;

what will the weather be like tomorrow? wie wird das Wetter morgen?;

a fool like that ein derartiger oder so ein Dummkopf;

he felt like a criminal er kam sich wie ein Verbrecher vor;

that’s more like it umg das lässt sich (schon) eher hören; → master A 5 c, nothing C und Bes Redew, something B 1

2. ähnlich (dat), bezeichnend für:

that is just like him! das sieht ihm ähnlich!;

that’s not like him das ist nicht seine Art

3. in besonders Verbindungen mit folgendem Substantiv oder Gerundium:

it is like having children es ist (so), als ob man Kinder hätte; → feel B 5

4. gleich (Betrag etc):

in like manner

a) auf gleiche Weise,

b) gleichermaßen;

of like mind gleich gesinnt;

like signs MATH gleiche Vorzeichen;

like terms MATH gleichnamige Glieder;

like unto his brethren BIBEL seinen Brüdern gleich

5. ähnlich:

the portrait is not like;

the two signs are very like;

he is very much like his father er sieht seinem Vater sehr ähnlich;

they are (as) like as two eggs, they are (as) like as two peas (in a pod) sie gleichen sich wie ein Ei dem anderen, sie sehen sich zum Verwechseln ähnlich

6. ähnlich, gleichartig, derartig:

… and other like problems … und andere derartige Probleme

7. umg wahrscheinlich

B präp (siehe auch adv und adv, die oft wie eine präp gebraucht werden) wie:

sing like a nightingale;

do not shout like that schrei nicht so;

a thing like that so etwas

C adv (siehe auch präp)

1. (so) wie:

like every teacher he has … so wie jeder Lehrer hat auch er …;

I cannot play like you (do) ich kann nicht so gut spielen wie du

2. umg wahrscheinlich:

like enough, as like as not, very like höchstwahrscheinlich, sehr wahrscheinlich

3. sl irgendwie, merkwürdig, ziemlich

4. obs so:

like as so wie

D konj

1. umg wie, (eben)so wie

2. dial als ob:

he trembled like he was afraid

E s (der, die, das) Gleiche, (etwas) Gleiches:

his like seinesgleichen;

did you ever see the like(s) of that girl? hast du jemals so etwas wie dieses Mädchen gesehen?;

the likes of me umg meinesgleichen, unsereiner, Leute wie ich;

like attracts like gleich und gleich gesellt sich gern;

the like dergleichen;

peas, beans, and the like Erbsen, Bohnen und dergleichen;

cocoa or the like Kakao oder so etwas (Ähnliches);

he will never do the like again so etwas wird er nie wieder tun; → such C 1

like² [laık]

A v/t gernhaben, (gern) mögen, (gut) leiden können, gern tun, essen, trinken etc:

I like it ich habe oder mag es gern, es gefällt mir;

I don’t like it when … ich mag es nicht, wenn …;

I like him ich mag ihn gern, ich kann ihn gut leiden, er ist mir sympathisch;

how do you like it? wie gefällt es dir?, wie findest du es?;

how do you like London? wie gefällt es dir in London?;

what I like about him is … was ich an ihm mag, ist …;

I like that! iron das oder so was hab ich gern!;

do you like oysters? mögen Sie Austern (gern)?;

I should much like to come ich würde sehr gern kommen;

he likes playing ( oder to play) tennis er spielt gern Tennis;

I should ( oder would) like to know ich möchte gerne wissen;

what do you like better? was hast du lieber?, was gefällt dir besser?;

I do not like such things discussed ich habe es nicht gern, dass solche Dinge erörtert werden;

he doesn’t like to be kept waiting er hat es nicht gern, wenn man ihn warten lässt;

I like whisky, but it does not like me umg ich trinke gern Whisky, aber er bekommt mir nicht;

(much) liked (sehr) beliebt

B v/i

1. wollen:

as often as I liked sooft ich wollte;

(just) as you like (ganz) wie du willst, (ganz) nach Belieben;

do as you like mach, was du willst;

if you like

a) wenn du willst,

b) wenn Sie so wollen;

I am stupid if you like but ich bin vielleicht dumm, aber

2. obs gefallen

3. obs gedeihen

C s Neigung f, Vorliebe f:

likes and dislikes Neigungen und Abneigungen;

I know his likes and dislikes ich weiß, was er mag und was nicht

* * *
I 1. adjective
1) (resembling) wie

your dress is like mine — dein Kleid ist so ähnlich wie meins

your dress is very like mine — dein Kleid ist meinem sehr ähnlich

in a case like that — in so einem Fall

there was nothing like it — es gab nichts Vergleichbares

what is somebody/something like? — wie ist jemand/etwas?

what's he like to talk to? — wie redet es sich mit ihm?

more like twelve — eher zwölf

that's [a bit] more like it — (coll.): (better) das ist schon [etwas] besser; (coll.): (nearer the truth) das stimmt schon eher

they are nothing like each other — sie sind sich (Dat.) nicht im geringsten ähnlich

nothing like as or so good/bad/many etc. as... — bei weitem nicht so gut/schlecht/viele usw. wie...

2) (characteristic of) typisch für [dich, ihn usw.]

it's just like you to be late! — du musst natürlich wieder zu spät kommen!

3) (similar) ähnlich

be as like as two peas in a pod — sich (Dat.) gleichen wie ein Ei dem andern

like father, like son — (prov.) der Apfel fällt nicht weit vom Stamm (Spr.)
2. preposition
(in the manner of) wie

[just] like that — [einfach] so
3. conjunction
(coll.)

1) (in same or similar manner as) wie

he is not shy like he used to be — er ist nicht mehr so schüchtern wie früher

2) (coll.): (for example) etwa; beispielsweise
4. noun
1) (equal)

his/her like — seines-/ihresgleichen

the likes of me/you — (coll.) meines-/deinesgleichen

2) (similar things)

the like — so etwas

and the like — und dergleichen
II 1. transitive verb
(be fond of, wish for) mögen

like it or not — ob es dir/ihm usw. gefällt oder nicht

like vegetables — Gemüse mögen; gern Gemüse essen

like doing something — etwas gern tun

would you like a drink/to borrow the book? — möchtest du etwas trinken/dir das Buch leihen?

would you like me to do it? — möchtest du, dass ich es tue?

I'd like it back soon — ich hätte es gern bald zurück

I didn't like to disturb you — ich wollte dich nicht stören

I like that! — (iron.) so was hab' ich gern! (ugs. iron.)

how do you like it? — wie gefällt es dir?

how does he like living in America? — wie gefällt es ihm in Amerika?

how would you like an ice cream? — was hältst du von einem Eis?

if you like — (expr. assent) wenn du willst od. möchtest; (expr. limited assent) wenn man so will
2. noun, in pl.
likes and dislikes — Vorlieben und Abneigungen

* * *

(Poles, electricity) adj.

gleichnamig (Pole) adj. adj.

gernhaben adj.

gleich adj.

wie adv.

ähnlich adj. v.

gernhaben v.

lieben v.

mögen v.

(§ p.,pp.: mochte, gemocht)

English-german dictionary > like
6 Á

shall

* * *

a negative suffix to verbs, not;

era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.

* * *

1.

á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]

With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.

WITH DAT.

A. Loc.

I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.

II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.

2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).

3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.

4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.

III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).

B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:

I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.

II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.

III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.

IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.

C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:

I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.

2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.

3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.

II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.

III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.

IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’

2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.

V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.

VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.

VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.

VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.

WITH ACC.

A. Loc.

I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.

2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.

3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.

II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:

1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.

2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.

III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.

IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.

V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.

VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.

VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.

B. TEMP.

I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.

II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.

III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.

IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.

V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.

VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.

VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.

C. Metaph. and in various relations:

I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.

β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.

II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:

1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.

2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.

3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.

β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.

III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.

IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:

1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.

2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.

3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.

V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.

VI. connected with nouns,

1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.

2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.

3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.

VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.

2.

f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.

COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á
7 just

1. adjective
1) (morally right, deserved) gerecht; anständig, korrekt [Verhalten, Benehmen]

2) (legally right) rechtmäßig

3) (justified) berechtigt [Angst, Zorn, Groll]

4) (right in amount) recht, richtig [Proportion, Maß, Verhältnis]
2. adverb
1) (exactly) genau

just then/enough — gerade da/genug

just as — (exactly as, in the same way as) genauso wie; (when) gerade, als

just as you like — ganz wie Sie wünschen

just as good/tidy — etc. genauso gut/ordentlich usw.

come just as you are — komm so, wie du bist

just as fast as I can — so schnell wie ich nur kann

it'll just about be enough — (coll.) es wird in etwa reichen

that is just it — das ist es ja gerade; genau das ist es ja

that's just like him — das ist typisch er od. für ihn

just so — (in an orderly manner) ordentlich; (expr. agreement) ganz recht

2) (barely) gerade [eben]; (with very little time to spare) gerade [eben] noch; (no more than) nur

just under £10 — nicht ganz zehn Pfund

it's just possible — das ist gerade noch möglich

it's just after the traffic lights — es ist direkt hinter der Verkehrsampel

3) (exactly or nearly now or then, in immediate past) gerade [eben]; [so]eben; (at this moment) gerade

I have just seen him — (Brit.)

I just saw him — (Amer.) ich habe ihn gerade [eben] od. eben gesehen

just now — (at this moment) [im Moment] gerade; (a little time ago) gerade eben

not just now — im Moment nicht

4) (coll.) (simply) einfach; (only) nur; esp. with imperatives mal [eben]

I've come here just to see you — ich bin nur gekommen, um dich zu besuchen

just anybody — irgendjemand

just look at that! — guck dir das mal an!

could you just turn round? — kannst du dich mal [eben] umdrehen?

just come here a moment — komm [doch] mal einen Moment her

just a moment, please — einen Moment mal

just in case — für alle Fälle

5) (coll.): (positively) einfach; echt (ugs.)

that's just ridiculous/fantastic — das ist einfach lächerlich/fantastisch

6) (quite)

not just yet — noch nicht ganz

it is just as well that... — [es ist] nur gut od. es ist doch gut, dass...

you might just as well... — du könntest genauso gut...

7) (coll.): (really, indeed) wirklich; echt (ugs.)

That's lovely. - Isn't it just? — Das ist schön. - Ja, und wie

just the same — (nevertheless) trotzdem

that's just too bad — das ist Pech

* * *
I adjective
1) (right and fair: not favouring one more than another: a fair and just decision.) gerecht

2) (reasonable; based on one's rights: He certainly has a just claim to the money.) berechtigt

3) (deserved: He got his just reward when he crashed the stolen car and broke his leg.) gerecht

•

- academic.ru/40368/justly">justly
- justness II adverb
1) ((often with as) exactly or precisely: This penknife is just what I needed; He was behaving just as if nothing had happened; The house was just as I'd remembered it.) genau

2) ((with as) quite: This dress is just as nice as that one.) genau

3) (very lately or recently: He has just gone out of the house.) gerade

4) (on the point of; in the process of: She is just coming through the door.) gerade

5) (at the particular moment: The telephone rang just as I was leaving.) gerade

6) ((often with only) barely: We have only just enough milk to last till Friday; I just managed to escape; You came just in time.) gerade noch

7) (only; merely: They waited for six hours just to get a glimpse of the Queen; `Where are you going?' `Just to the post office'; Could you wait just a minute?)

8) (used for emphasis, eg with commands: Just look at that mess!; That just isn't true!; I just don't know what to do.) nur, einfach

9) (absolutely: The weather is just marvellous.) einfach

•

- just about
- just now
- just then
* * *

just

I. adv

[ʤʌst, ʤəst]

inv

1. (in a moment) gleich

we're \just about to leave wir wollen gleich los

I was \just going to phone you ich wollte dich eben [o gerade] anrufen

I'm \just coming! ich komme gleich!

2. (directly) direkt, gleich

she lives \just around the corner/by the station sie wohnt gleich um die Ecke/direkt am Bahnhof

\just after gleich [o direkt] danach

\just after getting up/finishing work gleich [o direkt] nach dem Aufstehen/nach Arbeitsende

3. (recently) gerade [eben], [so]eben

they've \just gone out this minute sie sind [eben] vor einer Minute gegangen

4. (now) gerade

▪ to be \just doing sth gerade dabei sein, etw zu tun, gerade etw tun

I'm \just coming! ich komme schon!

5. (exactly) genau

that's \just what I was going to say genau das wollte ich gerade sagen

the twins look \just like each other die Zwillinge sehen sich zum Verwechseln ähnlich

that's \just like you! das sieht dir [ganz] ähnlich! fam

it's \just like him to upset everybody es sieht ihm mal wieder ähnlich, alle zu verärgern fam

it's \just like you to forget your purse es ist mal wieder typisch für dich, dass du deinen Geldbeutel vergessen hast

come \just as you are kommen Sie, wie Sie sind

\just as I thought! das habe ich mir schon gedacht!

\just as I expected! ich hatte es nicht anders erwartet!

he reacted \just as I expected er hat genauso reagiert, wie ich es erwartet hatte

that's \just it! das ist es ja gerade!

\just as bad/good [as] genauso schlecht/gut [wie]

\just as many... as... genau so viele... wie...

\just now [or at the moment] gerade, im Augenblick

it's very hectic \just now es ist im Augenblick [o gerade] sehr hektisch

please not \just now jetzt bitte nicht

\just on ( fam) genau

it was \just on midnight when... es war Schlag [o genau um] Mitternacht, als...

\just then gerade in diesem Augenblick

\just as well ebenso gut

it's \just as well you stayed at home es ist nur gut, dass du zu Hause geblieben bist

\just as/when... gerade in dem Augenblick [o genau in dem Moment] als...

he arrived \just as the train was pulling out er kam gerade in dem Augenblick [o genau in dem Moment] an, als der Zug abfuhr

6. (only) nur, bloß fam; (simply) einfach

why don't you like him? — I \just don't! warum magst du ihn nicht? — nur so!

she's \just a baby/a few weeks old sie ist noch ein Baby/erst ein paar Wochen alt

can I \just finish my coffee? kann ich noch kurz meine Kaffee austrinken?

\just in case that... nur für den Fall, dass...

\just for fun [or ( fam) kicks] [or ( fam) a laugh] nur [so] zum Spaß, einfach aus Jux fam

\just like that einfach so

[not] \just anybody [nicht] einfach irgendjemand

7. (barely) gerade noch

the stone \just missed me der Stein hat mich nur knapp verfehlt

it's \just possible that... es ist nicht ganz ausgeschlossen, dass...

it might \just possibly help if... es wäre eventuell hilfreich, wenn...

there's \just enough space for the two of us der Platz reicht gerade mal für uns beide

that will be \just enough for a week das wird gerade mal für eine Woche reichen

\just in time gerade noch rechtzeitig

8. (absolutely) einfach, wirklich

\just dreadful/wonderful einfach furchtbar/wundervoll

9. with imperatives

\just you dare! untersteh dich!

\just imagine [or think] stell dir [bloß] mal vor

\just imagine! stell dir das mal vor!

\just listen! hör mal!

\just look at this! schau dir das mal an!

\just shut up! halt mal den Mund!

\just taste this! das musst du unbedingt mal probieren!

\just try! versuch's doch mal!

\just watch it! pass bloß auf!, nimm dich ja in Acht!

10.

▶ isn't it \just? und ob!, und wie! fam

▶ that's \just my luck so etwas kann wirklich nur mir passieren

▶ \just a minute [or moment] [or second]! (please wait) einen Augenblick [o einen Moment] [o eine Sekunde] [bitte]!; (as interruption) Moment [mal]!

▶ \just so (perfectly) absolut perfekt; ( form: yes) eben, ganz recht

▶ it's \just one of those things ( saying) so etwas passiert eben [o kommt schon mal vor

II. adj

[ʤʌst]

1. (fair) gerecht (to gegenüber + dat)

2. (justified) punishment gerecht; anger berechtigt; suspicion, indignation gerechtfertigt

to have \just cause to do sth einen triftigen [o guten] Grund haben, etw zu tun

to be \just reward for sth ein gerechter Ausgleich für etw akk sein

3.

▶ to get [or receive] one's \just deserts bekommen, was man verdient hat

it was no more than his \just deserts er hatte es nicht anders verdient

III. n

[ʤʌst]

( old)

▪ the \just pl die Gerechten pl

* * *
I [dZʌst]
adv

1) (immediate past) gerade, (so)eben

they have just left — sie sind gerade or (so)eben gegangen

she left just before I came — sie war, gerade or kurz bevor ich kam, weggegangen

he's just been appointed — er ist gerade or eben erst ernannt worden

I met him just after lunch — ich habe ihn direkt or gleich nach dem Mittagessen getroffen

2) (= at this/that very moment) gerade

hurry up, he's just going — beeilen Sie sich, er geht gerade

he's just coming — er kommt gerade or eben

I'm just coming — ich komme ja schon

I was just going to... — ich wollte gerade...

just as I was going — genau in dem Moment or gerade, als ich gehen wollte

3) (= barely, almost not) gerade noch, mit knapper Not

he (only) just escaped being run over — er wäre um ein Haar überfahren worden

it just missed — es hat fast or beinahe getroffen

I've got only just enough to live on — mir reicht es gerade so or so eben noch zum Leben

I arrived just in time — ich bin gerade (noch) rechtzeitig gekommen

4) (= exactly) genau, gerade

it is just five o'clock — es ist genau fünf Uhr

that's just like you — das sieht dir ähnlich

it's just on nine o'clock —

it happened just as I expected — es passierte genau so, wie ich es erwartet hatte

it's just because of that that he insists — gerade or eben deshalb besteht er darauf

that's just it! — das ists ja gerade or eben!

that's just what I was going to say — genau das wollte ich (auch) sagen

just what do you mean by that? — was wollen Sie damit sagen?

just what does this symbol mean? — was bedeutet dieses Zeichen genau?

it was just there —

just so! (old) — genau, ganz recht

everything has to be just so — es muss alles seine Ordnung haben

5) (= only, simply) nur, bloß

I can stay just a minute — ich kann nur or bloß eine Minute bleiben

just you and me — nur wir beide, wir beide allein

this is just to show you how it works — dies soll Ihnen lediglich zeigen, wie es funktioniert

this is just to confirm... — hiermit bestätigen wir, dass...

he's just a boy — er ist doch noch ein Junge

why don't you want to/like it? – I just don't — warum willst du nicht/magst du es nicht? – ich will/mags eben or halt (inf) nicht

just like that — (ganz) einfach so

I don't know, I just don't — ich weiß (es) nicht, beim besten Willen nicht

you can't just assume... — Sie können doch nicht ohne weiteres annehmen...

it's just not good enough — es ist einfach nicht gut genug

I just prefer it this way — ich finds eben or einfach besser so

6) (= a small distance with position) gleich

just round the corner — gleich um die Ecke

just above the trees — direkt über den Bäumen

put it just over there — stells mal da drüben hin

just here — (genau) hier

7) (= absolutely) einfach, wirklich

it was just fantastic — es war einfach prima

it's just terrible — das ist ja schrecklich!

8)

just as — genauso, ebenso

the blue hat is just as nice as the red one — der blaue Hut ist genauso hübsch wie der rote

she didn't understand you – it's just as well! — sie hat Sie nicht verstanden – das ist vielleicht auch besser so

it's just as well you stayed at home, you didn't miss anything — es macht nichts, dass Sie zu Hause geblieben sind, Sie haben nichts verpasst

it's just as well you didn't go out —

it would be just as well if you came — es wäre doch besser, wenn Sie kämen

come just as you are —

it's just as you please — wie Sie wollen

just as I thought! — ich habe es mir doch gedacht!

9)

just about — in etwa, so etwa

I am just about ready — ich bin so gut wie fertig

it's just about here — es ist (so) ungefähr hier

did he make it in time? – just about — hat ers( rechtzeitig) geschafft? – so gerade

will this do? – just about — ist das recht so? – so in etwa

I am just about fed up with it! (inf) — so langsam aber sicher hängt es mir zum Hals raus (inf)

that's just about the limit! — das ist doch die Höhe!

10)

just now (in past) — soeben (erst), gerade erst

not just now — im Moment nicht

just now? — jetzt gleich?

you can go, but not just now — Sie können gehen, aber nicht gerade jetzt

11)

(other uses) just think — denk bloß

just listen — hör mal

just try — versuchs doch mal

just taste this — probier das mal; (it's awful) probier bloß das mal

just let me try — lassen Sies mich doch mal versuchen

just shut up! — sei bloß still!

just wait here a moment — warten Sie hier mal (für) einen Augenblick

just a moment or minute! — Moment mal!

I can just see him as a soldier — ich kann ihn mir gut als Soldat vorstellen

I can just see you getting up so early (iro) — du - und so früh aufstehen!

can I just finish this? — kann ich das eben noch fertig machen?

the possibilities just go on for ever — die Möglichkeiten sind ja unerschöpflich

don't I just! — und ob( ich...)

just watch it — nimm dich bloß in Acht

just you dare — wehe, wenn dus wagst
II
adj (+er)

1) person, decision gerecht (to gegenüber)

2) punishment, reward gerecht; anger berechtigt; suspicion gerechtfertigt, begründet

a just cause — eine gerechte Sache

I had just cause to be alarmed — ich hatte guten Grund, beunruhigt zu sein

as (it) is only just — wie es recht und billig ist

* * *

just [dʒʌst]

A adj (adv → justly)

1. gerecht (to gegen):

be just to sb jemanden gerecht behandeln

2. gerecht, angemessen, gehörig, (wohl)verdient:

it was only just es war nur recht und billig;

just reward gerechter oder wohlverdienter Lohn

3. rechtmäßig, zu Recht bestehend, (wohl)begründet (Anspruch etc)

4. berechtigt, gerechtfertigt, (wohl)begründet (Empörung etc): → cause A 2

5. richtig, gehörig

6. a) genau, korrekt

b) wahr, richtig (Erklärung etc)

7. BIBEL gerecht, rechtschaffen

8. MUS rein

B adv [ unbetont dʒəst]

1. gerade, (so)eben:

they have just left sie sind gerade (fort)gegangen;

his troubles were just beginning seine Schwierigkeiten begannen erst; → now¹ A 3

2. gerade, genau, eben:

just there eben dort;

just then

a) gerade damals,

b) gerade in diesem Augenblick;

just five o’clock genau fünf Uhr;

just as

a) ebenso wie,

b) (zeitlich) gerade als;

just so! ganz recht!;

that is just it das ist es (ja) gerade oder eben; → like¹ A 2, thing² 1, well¹ A 12

3. gerade (noch), ganz knapp, mit knapper Not:

be just ahead of knapp führen vor (dat);

his shot was just wide SPORT sein Schuss ging (ganz) knapp daneben;

we just managed it wir schafften es gerade noch;

the bullet just missed him die Kugel ging ganz knapp an ihm vorbei, die Kugel hätte ihn beinahe getroffen;

just possible immerhin möglich, im Bereich des Möglichen;

just too late gerade zu spät; → miss² A 6

4. nur, lediglich, bloß:

just for the fun of it nur zum Spaß;

just an ordinary man nur ein Mann wie alle anderen;

just the thought of it der bloße Gedanke, allein oder schon der Gedanke; → moment 1, etc

5. just about

a) ungefähr, etwa:

just about the same;

I’ve just about had enough! umg so langsam reichts mir!

b) gerade noch:

I just about caught the train

6. vor imp

a) doch, mal

b) nur:

just tell me sag mir mal, sag mir nur oder bloß;

just sit down, please setzen Sie sich doch bitte

7. umg einfach, wirklich:

just wonderful

8. eigentlich:

just how many are there?

* * *
1. adjective
1) (morally right, deserved) gerecht; anständig, korrekt [Verhalten, Benehmen]

2) (legally right) rechtmäßig

3) (justified) berechtigt [Angst, Zorn, Groll]

4) (right in amount) recht, richtig [Proportion, Maß, Verhältnis]
2. adverb
1) (exactly) genau

just then/enough — gerade da/genug

just as — (exactly as, in the same way as) genauso wie; (when) gerade, als

just as you like — ganz wie Sie wünschen

just as good/tidy — etc. genauso gut/ordentlich usw.

come just as you are — komm so, wie du bist

just as fast as I can — so schnell wie ich nur kann

it'll just about be enough — (coll.) es wird in etwa reichen

that is just it — das ist es ja gerade; genau das ist es ja

that's just like him — das ist typisch er od. für ihn

just so — (in an orderly manner) ordentlich; (expr. agreement) ganz recht

2) (barely) gerade [eben]; (with very little time to spare) gerade [eben] noch; (no more than) nur

just under £10 — nicht ganz zehn Pfund

it's just possible — das ist gerade noch möglich

it's just after the traffic lights — es ist direkt hinter der Verkehrsampel

3) (exactly or nearly now or then, in immediate past) gerade [eben]; [so]eben; (at this moment) gerade

I have just seen him — (Brit.)

I just saw him — (Amer.) ich habe ihn gerade [eben] od. eben gesehen

just now — (at this moment) [im Moment] gerade; (a little time ago) gerade eben

not just now — im Moment nicht

4) (coll.) (simply) einfach; (only) nur; esp. with imperatives mal [eben]

I've come here just to see you — ich bin nur gekommen, um dich zu besuchen

just anybody — irgendjemand

just look at that! — guck dir das mal an!

could you just turn round? — kannst du dich mal [eben] umdrehen?

just come here a moment — komm [doch] mal einen Moment her

just a moment, please — einen Moment mal

just in case — für alle Fälle

5) (coll.): (positively) einfach; echt (ugs.)

that's just ridiculous/fantastic — das ist einfach lächerlich/fantastisch

6) (quite)

not just yet — noch nicht ganz

it is just as well that... — [es ist] nur gut od. es ist doch gut, dass...

you might just as well... — du könntest genauso gut...

7) (coll.): (really, indeed) wirklich; echt (ugs.)

That's lovely. - Isn't it just? — Das ist schön. - Ja, und wie

just the same — (nevertheless) trotzdem

that's just too bad — das ist Pech

* * *

adj.

einfach adj.

genau adj.

gerade adj.

gerade noch adj.

gerecht adj.

English-german dictionary > just
8 fashion

ˈfæʃən
1. сущ.
1) а) форма, очертания;
покрой( об одежде) Syn: cut, kind б) уст. сорт, вид, разновидность Syn: kind, sort
2) а) манера( поведения, держать себя) She behaved in a strange fashion. ≈ Она вела себя очень странно. after a fashion, in a fashion ≈ некоторым образом, до известной степени;
кое-как Syn: manner б) способ действия, организации процесса in an orderly fashion ≈ регулярно, методично, систематически Syn: method
3) мода, стиль to set a fashion ≈ устанавливать моду to come into fashion ≈ входить в моду to go out of fashion ≈ выходить из моды current fashion(s) ≈ нынешняя мода the latest fashion(s) ≈ последняя мода in fashion ≈ в моде Big hats are no longer in fashion. ≈ Большие шляпы уже не в моде. fashion show man of fashion high fashion out of fashion Syn: vogue
2. гл.
1) а) придавать форму( into, to), создавать б) тех. формовать, фасонировать Syn: mould II в) изменяться, превращаться Syn: alter, transform
2) редк. а) приспосабливать (to) We can fashion the dress to your figure. ≈ Мы пошьем платье специально на вас. б) подходить (чему/кому-л.) ;
соответствовать (чему/кому-л.) This music is not fashioned to my taste. ≈ Их музыка мне не по вкусу. Syn: fit, adapt образ;
манера, вид - he behaved in a strange * он странно вел себя - I don't like the * of his speech мне не нравится его манера говорить - in one's own * по-своему - he will certainly do it in his own * он обязательно сделает это по-своему - the grain was threshed after the old * зерно молотили по-старому - after /in/ a * некоторым образом, до некоторой степени, немного, не очень хорошо - he was tall, athletic and after a * handsome это был высокий, атлетически сложенный и по-своему красивый человек - he plays tennis after a * он немного играет в теннис - after the * of в чьей-л. манере - a novel after the * of Maugham роман в манере /в духе/ Моэма фасон;
покрой;
форма - the two cups are made after the same * обе чашки одинаковой формы - the * of a dress фасон платья - the little box was made after the * of the Japanese lacquered boxes коробочка была сделана по образцу японских лакированных шкатулок мода - to keep up with the latest *s следовать последней моде - to be in the * следовать моде - dressed in the height of * одетый по последней моде - he was dressed in the Eastern * он был одет на восточный манер - to be the *, to be in * быть в моде - this writer was in * at the beginning of the century этот писатель был в моде в начале века - to bring into * вводить в моду - to be out of * быть не в моде - to go out of * выходить из моды - to lead the * быть законодателем мод - * queen законодательница мод (the *) фешенебельное общество, высший свет - the restaurant was crowded with men and women of * ресторан был переполнен светской публикой в грам. знач. прил.: фасонный;
модный - * parts( техническое) фасонные части - * paper модный журнал > to make * (шотландское) делать вид, притворяться > he only put a bit on the plate to make * он только для вида положил кусочек на тарелку придавать вид, форму;
выделывать - they * boats out of tree-trunks они выдалбливают лодки из стволов деревьев - to * a vase from clay вылепить сосуд из глины (техническое) фасонировать, моделировать( редкое) приспосабливать - to * a lamp out of an old churn сделать из старой маслобойки лампу after (или in) a ~ кое-как;
after the fashion( of smth.) по образцу (чего-л.) ;
in one's own fashion по-своему after (или in) a ~ некоторым образом, до известной степени after (или in) a ~ кое-как;
after the fashion (of smth.) по образцу (чего-л.) ;
in one's own fashion по-своему ~ стиль, мода;
to be the fashion, to be in fashion быть в моде;
to be in the fashion следовать моде ~ стиль, мода;
to be the fashion, to be in fashion быть в моде;
to be in the fashion следовать моде ~ стиль, мода;
to be the fashion, to be in fashion быть в моде;
to be in the fashion следовать моде to bring into ~ вводить в моду;
dressed in the height of fashion одетый по последней моде to bring into ~ вводить в моду;
dressed in the height of fashion одетый по последней моде height: height верх, высшая степень( чего-л.) ;
высоты (знаний и т. п.) ;
in the height (of smth.) в разгаре (чего-л.) ;
dressed in the height of fashion одетый по последней моде fashion образ, манера ~ придавать вид, форму (into, to) ;
тех. формовать, фасонировать, моделировать;
to fashion a vase from clay лепить сосуд из глины ~ редк. приспосабливать (to) ~ стиль, мода;
to be the fashion, to be in fashion быть в моде;
to be in the fashion следовать моде ~ фасон, покрой;
форма ~ придавать вид, форму (into, to) ;
тех. формовать, фасонировать, моделировать;
to fashion a vase from clay лепить сосуд из глины after (или in) a ~ кое-как;
after the fashion (of smth.) по образцу (чего-л.) ;
in one's own fashion по-своему a man of ~ светский человек, следующий моде;
out of fashion вышедший из моды a man of ~ светский человек, следующий моде;
out of fashion вышедший из моды

Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > fashion
9 make

meɪk
1. гл.;
прош. вр. и прич. прош. вр. - made
1) делать;
совершать;
сделать
2) производить, изготовлять, составлять ( документ), Syn: assemble, manufacture, produce, create
3) заставлять, побуждать( кого-л. сделать что-л.) make him forget it! ≈ пусть забудет это!
4) подготовить, привести в состояние готовности to make a fire ≈ разжечь костер
5) стать;
сделаться;
становиться He will make a good manager. ≈ Он станет хорошим управляющим. He was made to be an artist. ≈ Ему суждено было стать художником.
6) вести себя, подобно... to make an ass (of oneself) ≈ вести себя, как скотина
7) производить действие, ассоциированное с дополнением: to make money ≈ зарабатывать деньги to make an answer ≈ отвечать to make success ≈ делать успехи to make start ≈ начинать to make meal ≈ перекусить ∙ make after make against make at make away with make back make down make for make it make into make of make off make on make out make over make towards make up make with to make one's living ≈ зарабатывать на жизнь to make a clean sweep of ≈ see sweep
1. to make do with smth. редк. ≈ довольствоваться чем-л.
2. сущ.
1) стиль, фасон, модель Do you like the make of my car ? ≈ Тебе нравится марка моего автомобиля?
2) производство, изготовление( об изделии) Is this your own make ≈ Это вашего собственного производства?
3) склад, конституция, сложение форма, конструкция;
модель, фасон - a new * of automobile новая модель автомобиля - dresses of a new * платья нового фасона - a coat of first-class * пальто отличного покроя - a tool of heavier * более тяжелый инструмент марка, тип, сорт - cars of all *s автомобили всех марок - what * is this? что это за модель /марка, система/? - houses after the Swiss * дома по швейцарскому образцу производство, работа;
изготовление - an automobile of English * автомобиль английского производства - knives of Birmingham * ножи бирмингемской работы - is this your own *? это вы сами производите?;
это ваше изделие?;
это вашего собственного изготовления? изготовленное или добытое количество;
продукция;
выработка конституция, сложение - a man of slender * стройный человек - a man with the * and muscles of a prize-fighter человек со сложением и мускулатурой борца склад (характера) - a man of this * человек такого склада /рода/ (электротехника) замыкание цепи - at * включенный, замкнутый( карточное) объявление( козыря и игры) (карточное) тасование твоя очередь тасовать( военное) (жаргон) повышение в чине;
новое назначение > on the * стремящийся к наживе;
делающий карьеру;
ищущий любовных приключений > * and mend hour (морское) (устаревшее) время, отведенное на пошивку и починку обмундирования;
(морское) свободное от нарядов время делать;
изготовлять, производить - to * tables делать столы - to * in duplicate выполнять в двух экземплярах - nails are made of iron гвозди делают из железа - what is it made of? из чего это сделано? - made in the USA изготовлено /сделано/ в США - this Publishing House *s good books это издательство выпускает /издает, делает/ хорошие книги;
это издательство хорошо выпускает /издает/ книги - to * a meal готовить /приготовить/ еду - to * tea приготовить /заварить или вскипятить/ чай - I don't know how to * this dish я не знаю, как готовить /делать/ это блюдо - to * a coat сшить /сделать/ пальто - a suit made to order костюм, сшитый на заказ - to * a bed постелить постель - I'll * a bed for you on the sofa я вам постелю на диване - to * a nest вить /свивать/ гнездо - to * a track прокладывать путь или лыжню - to * hay сушить, ворошить или заготовлять сено - don't stand there as if you were made of stone не стой как истукан, не стой точно каменный составлять, делать, подготавливать - to * a list составить список - to * a note сделать заметку, записать( что-л.) - to * notes вести /делать/ записи, записывать, конспектировать - to * a note of smth. отметить что-л.;
сделать заметку относительно /по поводу/ чего-л. - to * a report подготовить доклад /отчет/ - to * one's will составить /написать/ завещание - to * a law создавать /устанавливать, вводить/ закон - to * a plan придумать /разработать/ план - let's not * premature plans не будем строить планы заранее;
не будем (заранее) загадывать создавать, творить - to * a poem сочинить /написать/ поэму или стихотворение - this author *s good books этот писатель пишет /сочиняет/ хорошие книги - he made a sketch он сделал рисунок /набросок/ - to * a film снимать фильм совершать, делать - to * a landing совершить посадку;
высадиться на берег - to * a mistake /a blunder/ совершить ошибку - to * a fresh start начинать сначала - he made an offence against good taste он погрешил против хорошего вкуса образовывать;
формировать - to * smb.'s character формировать чей-л. характер - to * one's own life самостоятельно строить свою жизнь - I made him what he is я сделал его таким, какой он есть - to * oneself сделать карьеру самостоятельно (без протекции) (редкое) тренировать, учить( животных) - he made the dog himself он сам обучил собаку считать, полагать - what do you * of this film? как вы находите этот фильм?, что вы думаете об этом фильме? - what do you * of him? какое у вас мнение о нем? - what distance do you * it from here to the village? как вы считаете, сколько отсюда до деревни? - I * it five miles по-моему, пять миль - how large do you * this crowd? сколько, по-вашеиу, здесь народу?, как вы думаете, сколько здесь народу? - what time do you * it? сколько, по-вашему, сейчас времени?;
сколько на ваших часах? - I * it half past four по-моему, половина пятого;
на моих( часах) половина пятого - what do you * this bird to be? что это, по-вашему, за птица? (сленг) украсть( сленг) сожительствовать с кем-л. зарабатывать, наживать (деньги, состояние) - to * money зарабатывать деньги, наживать деньги - to * money on the side зарабатывать халтурой /левой работой/, работать налево - how much (money) do you * a week? сколько (денег) вы зарабатываете /получаете/ в неделЮ/ - I * a good salary я получаю хорошую зарплату, мне много /хорошо/ платят - I made very little( money) on this я на этом заработал /нажил/ очень мало( денег) - to * a good thing of smth. хорошо заработать /нажиться, нагреть руки/ на чем-л. - he *s a $2000 a year( out) of his lands он получает со своих имений 2000 долларов в год - to * profit получать прибыль - to * a livelihood зарабатывать средства к существованию - to * a /one's/ living зарабатывать на жизнь - to * a /one's/ living with one's pen зарабатывать на жизнь пером /литературным трудом/ - to * a living (by) teaching music зарабатывать на жизнь уроками музыки - to * one's bread зарабатывать на существование /на хлеб/ приобретать( друзей, врагов) - to * friends завести /приобрести/ друзей;
подружиться - we made friends with him very quickly мы быстро подружились с ним - to * enemies нажить врагов - to * an ally of smb. сделать кого-л. своим союзником;
завоевать кого-л. на свою сторону заключать (соглашение, сделку) - to * an agreement прийти к соглашению, договориться - to * a treaty заключить договор - to * a bargain заключить сделку, договориться - to * terms прийти к соглашению назначать (свидание) - to * a date назначить свидание - to * an appointment условиться о встрече;
записаться на прием договориться, условиться (о времени, месте и т. п.) - when shall I see you, Monday of Tuesday? - Make it Tuesday когда я вас увижу, в понедельник или во вторник? - Договоримся на вторник - I shall * it for three o'clock я условлюсь /договорюсь/ на 3 часа назначать (на должность) ;
производить (в чин) - to * smb. a judge назначить кого-л. судьей - to * smb. a general произвести кого-л. в генералы - he was made commander-in-chief его сделали /назначили/ главнокомандующим - to * smb. a knight посвящать кого-л. в рыцари убирать (помещение) ;
приводить в порядок( комнату, постель) ;
наводить (порядок) - to * a room убрать комнату - to * a bed застилать /заправлять/ постель;
убирать кровать - I want to * order in /among/ my books я хочу привести в порядок свои книги выступать( с докладом) - to * a speech произносить речь издавать( звуки) ;
производить (шум) ;
звенеть, стучать, шуметь - to * a noise шуметь, поднимать шум - the creature made no sound животное не издало ни звука устраивать (скандал) - to * a row (разговорное) скандалить, затеять драку или ссору;
бурно протестовать - to * a scene устроить /закатить/ сцену - to * a fuss устраивать переполох /шум/;
волноваться, суетиться - to * a fuss of smb. носиться с кем-л. устраивать (шумиху) ;
производить (сенсацию) - to * a commotion устроить шум /переполох/ - to * a splash /a stir/ (разговорное) производить /вызывать/ сенсацию;
поднимать шум /шумиху/, вызывать /возбуждать/ всеобщий интерес - this film made a stir этот фильм возбудил большой интерес /произвел сенсацию/ - he made the front page( он вызвал такой интерес, что) о нем стали писать газеты /его имя попало на первые полосы/ - to * (much) ado (устаревшее) поднять( большой) шум - the novel made the bestseller list роман попал в список бестселлеров делать (снимок) ;
фотографировать - I want to * a few pictures of this building я хочу сделать несколько снимков этого здания совершать (поездку) - to * a tour совершить турне - he made a tour of the whole country он объездил всю страну - he made a long voyage он совершил длительное морское путешествие проходить, проезжать( какое-л. расстояние) - to * ten miles a day делать десять миль в день - we made only three miles that day мы прошли в тот день только три мили - this car *s 120 kilometres an hour скорость этой машины 120 километров в час;
эта машина делает /дает/ 120 километров в час достигать( какого-л. места) ;
прийти, войти (в гавань и т. п.) - to * (it to) the village before dark дойти до деревни засветло - to * the station in time вовремя прийти на станцию - we just made the train мы еле поспели на поезд - to * port войти в порт - the ship will never * port in such a storm корабль не сможет войти в порт в такую бурю - to * it into history войти в историю - to * it into Parliament пробиться в парламент( for) направляться, следовать( куда-л.) ;
двигаться( в каком-л. направлении) - to * for home направляться домой - to * for the open sea отправиться в открытое море - he made for the door он направился к двери;
он кинулся /бросился/ к двери (for) набрасываться, нападать( на кого-л.) - the bull made for him бык бросился на него( спортивное) достичь( цели) - to * the finish добраться до финиша, финишировать( спортивное) забить (мяч и т. п.) - to * the basket забросить мяч (баскетбол) - he always *s a goal он всегда забивает мяч в ворота - he made two tens он выбил две десятки (стрельба) преодолевать (препятствие) - to * a hurdle взять препятствие /барьер/ - to * a /the/ riffle (американизм) успешно преодолеть пороги (реки) ;
преодолеть трудности, пресупеть ( карточное) брать( взятку) ;
бить - I made the trick я взял эту взятку - the ace *s туз берет - he made the queen он побил карту дамой (карточное) объявлять (козырь или игру) (карточное) тасовать (колоду) ;
сдавать( карты) - whose turn is it to *? чья очередь сдавать? (морское) указывать( время) ;
бить склянки - noon was made пробило полдень есть (завтрак, обед, ужин) - to * a good meal хорошо поесть - to * a good breakfast хорошо позавтракать - to * a meal on /of/ smth. съесть что-л. - he made a meal on /of/ nuts он поел орехов, его еда состояла из орехов подниматься( о воде) - the tide is making fast приливная волна быстро поднимается - the water is making fast вода быстро прибывает;
уровень воды быстро поднимается как глагол-связка в составном именном сказуемом составлять, равняться - twenty shillings * a pound двадцать шиллингов составляют фунт;
в фунте двадцать шиллингов - two and two * four два и два равняется четырем - twice six *s twelve дважды шесть будет двенадцать как глагол-связка в составном именном сказуемом быть, являться - to * one of быть одним из;
быть участником;
быть в числе - will you * one of the party? не составишь ли ты нам компанию? - I made one of their group я был одним из них - to * a fourth быть четвертым (партнером в карточной игре) - you * the tenth here ты здесь десятый - this *s your tenth offence это ваше десятое нарушение - this *s the third time I've rung him я звоню ему уже в третий раз - this colour *s a perfect camouflage этот цвет служит отличной маскировкой - cold tea *s an excellent drink in summer холодный чай - прекрасный напиток летом - that *s a good answer это хороший ответ;
это вы удачно ответили - this book *s good /interesting/, reading это интересная книга;
эта книга легко читается как глагол-связка в составном именном сказуемом оказываться, становиться - she could * a good mother for them она могла бы стать им хорошей матерью - he will * her an excellent husband он будет ей прекрасным мужем - he will * a good musician из него выйдет хороший музыкант - the carpet will * your bed ковер будет служить вам постелью - this room will * a good study из этой комнаты выйдет хороший кабинет как глагол-связка в составном именном сказуемом образовывать, составлять - to * quorum составлять кворум - to * a House составлять кворум в палате - these books * a set эти книги составляют серию в сочетании с последующим существительным выражает действие, соответствующее значению существительного - to * a jump прыгнуть - to * a bow поклониться - to * a move сделать движение;
двинуться;
сделать ход - to * a start начинать;
отправиться - to * a good start положить хорошее начало - he made an early start он рано отправился (в путь) - to * a stop останавливаться, сделать остановку - to * inquiries справиться, наводить справки - to * a call посетить, нанести (непродолжительный) визит;
позвонить (по телефону) - I had to * a few calls that's why I was late я должен был зайти в несколько мест, поэтому я опоздал - let me * a call first разрешите я сначала позвоню - to * use of smth., smb. использовать что-л., кого-л. - in his book he has made extensive use of quotations в его книге много цитат в сочетании с последующим прилагательным выражает действие, соответствующее значению прилагательного - to * fast закрепить;
привязать - to * merry веселиться - to * public обнародовать, сделать общеизвестным;
сделать общественным, общим, общедоступным - to * good добиться успеха, достичь цели;
компенсировать, восполнять;
выполнять (обещанное) - he has talent and he'll * good он талантлив и добьется успеха - we'll * good your losses мы возместим вам ваши убытки - I promised you a present, I'll * good next time я обещал тебе подарок, в следующий раз я не забуду > * sure that the doors are locked проверь, заперты ли двери > to * for smth. способствовать, содействовать чему-л. > this did not * for happiness это не сулило счастья > to * do обходиться тем, что имеется;
справляться > we must * do on our pension мы должны обойтись одной пенсией > I am happy to * your acquaintance рад с вами познакомиться > to * oneself at home быть как дома;
хозяйничать > to * long hours очень много /усиленно/ работать > to * up one's mind решить, принять решение;
решиться > to * no sign и виду не показывать;
не протестовать > to * a face /faces/ (at smb.) гримасничать, строить гримасы, корчить /строить/ рожи (кому-л.) > to * a wry face сделать недовольную гримасу /кислую физиономию/ > to * eyes at smb. делать /строить/ глазки кому-л. > to * a long nose /(школ) (жаргон) a snook/ at smb. показать "нос" кому-л. > to * a long neck вытянуть шею > to * a long arm for smth. протянуть руку /протянуться/ за чем-л. > to * a little figure играть незначительную роль > to * a poor month прибедняться > to * hay нажиться;
нагреть руки > to * a hand преуспеть( в чем-л.) ;
добиться успеха > to * no hand of smth. сделать что-л. скверно, провалиться > to * one's jack (сленг) добиться успеха > to * one's pile нажить /сколотить/ состояние > to * a strike( американизм) напасть на золотую жилу > I made a strike мне здорово повезло > to * one's mark отличиться, добиться успеха;
(американизм) успеть, поспеть > to * time прийти вовремя /по расписанию/ > to * the train успеть на поезд > to * it добиться своей цели;
успеть, поспеть;
(сленг) сожительствовать > I knew that he would * it я знал, что он добьется своего > he'll * it through college он закончит колледж > do you think he will * it? как ты думаешь, он успеет? > to * it to the train успеть /не опоздать/ к поезду > to * a go of it (американизм) добиться успеха, преуспеть > to * short work of smth. быстро справиться /разделаться/ с чем-л. > to * oneself scarce исчезнуть, сгинуть, испариться > to * a run of it убежать, удрать > to * a fight of it оказывать сопротивление > to * a poor fight of it оказывать слабое сопротивление > to * an example of smb. наказать кого-л. в назидание другим > to * a cat's paw of smb. сделать кого-л. своим орудием > to * a bee-line for smth. пойти напрямик /кратчайшим путем/ куда-л. > to * a score off one's own bat сделать (что-л.) без посторонней помощи > to * a save спасти ворота (о вратаре) > to * a stab at smth. попытаться сделать что-л. > to * a shot попытаться угадать > his words made my blood boil у меня от его слов закипела кровь > to * smb.'s brain reel поразить /изумить, ошеломить/ кого-л. > to * smb.'s ears burn говорить о ком-л. за его спиной > to * the ears tingle оглушать;
резать слух > to * a song and dance about smth. поднимать шум из-за чего-л. > I shall * it hot for him! я ему задам! > to * a time /a day/ of it хорошо провести время, повеселиться > to * good cheer пировать, веселиться > to * whoopee( американизм) кутить, шумно веселиться > to * the welkin ring поднимать неимоверный шум > to * a long story short, to * short of long короче говоря > to * odds even устранить различия, сгладить разницу > to * a purse собирать деньги (особ. по подписке) ;
откладывать деньги > to * a bag (охота) убить немного дичи > to * book принимать ставки на лошадей > as they * them /'em/ чрезвычайно, исключительно, ужасно, чертовски > he is as stupid as they * them он набитый дурак > to * a hole in smb. всадить пулю в кого-л., застрелить кого-л. > to * a hole in the water утопиться > to * water мочиться;
дать течь( о корабле) > to * a pint measure hold a quart пытаться сделать явно невозможное > to * a virtue of necessity делать вид, что действуешь добровольно > to * old bones дожить до глубокой старости > * it snappy! покороче!;
поскорее!;
живо! > nine tailors * one man из девяти хилых не сделаешь и одного здорового > one fool *s many дураку всегда компания найдется > * haste slowly тише едешь, дальше будешь ~ составлять, равняться;
2 and 3 make 5 два плюс три равняется пяти to be on the ~ разг. делать карьеру to be on the ~ разг. заниматься( чем-л.) исключительно с корыстной целью ~ вид, форма, фасон, марка;
стиль;
тип, модель;
do you like the make of that coat? вам нравится фасон этого пальто? ~ становиться;
делаться;
he will make a good musician из него выйдет хороший музыкант;
he was made to be an actor он прирожденный актер ~ становиться;
делаться;
he will make a good musician из него выйдет хороший музыкант;
he was made to be an actor он прирожденный актер ~ out справляться (с чем-л.) ;
преуспевать;
how did he make out at the examination? как он сдал экзамен? ~ up мириться;
let us make it up давайте забудем это, давайте помиримся make: to ~ the best of см. best;
to make a clean sweep of см. sweep ~ вид, форма, фасон, марка;
стиль;
тип, модель;
do you like the make of that coat? вам нравится фасон этого пальто? ~ мор. войти (в порт и т. п.) ~ выработка ~ готовить, приготовлять;
to make a fire разжигать костер;
to make tea заваривать чай ~ (made) делать;
совершать;
сделать ~ делать ~ есть;
to make a good breakfast хорошо позавтракать;
to make a light meal перекусить ~ заключать соглашение ~ зарабатывать ~ изготавливать ~ изготовление ~ изделие ~ конституция, сложение ~ конструкция ~ марка ~ модель ~ назначать (на должность) ;
производить (в чин) ~ назначать на должность ~ карт. объявление козыря ~ подготавливать ~ получать, приобретать, добывать( деньги, средства) ;
зарабатывать;
to make money зарабатывать деньги;
to make one's living зарабатывать на жизнь ~ продукция, выработка ~ продукция ~ производить ~ производство, работа;
изделие;
our own make нашего производства ~ производство ~ процесс становления;
развитие ~ работа ~ разрабатывать ~ склад характера ~ со сложным дополнением означает заставлять, побуждать;
make him repeat it заставь(те) его повторить это ~ создавать, образовывать;
составлять (завещание, документ) ~ составлять, равняться;
2 and 3 make 5 два плюс три равняется пяти ~ составлять ~ становиться;
делаться;
he will make a good musician из него выйдет хороший музыкант;
he was made to be an actor он прирожденный актер ~ строение ~ вести себя как...;
строить из себя;
to make an ass (или a fool) of oneself валять дурака;
свалять дурака;
ставить себя в глупое положение;
поставить себя в глупое положение;
оскандалиться ~ считать, определять, предполагать;
what do you make the time? который, по-вашему, час?;
what am I to make of your behaviour? как я должен понимать ваше поведение? ~ карт. тасование ~ карт. тасовать;
make after уст. преследовать;
пускаться вслед ~ творить ~ разг. успеть, поспеть (на поезд и т. п.) ~ форма ~ формировать make: to ~ the best of см. best;
to make a clean sweep of см. sweep to ~ a dead set at напасть на to ~ a dead set at пристать с ножом к горлу к;
to make do (with smth.) редк. довольствоваться (чем-л.) set: to make a dead ~ at домогаться любви (внимания и т. п. - обыкн. о женщине) to make a dead ~ at подвергать резкой критике;
нападать на ~ готовить, приготовлять;
to make a fire разжигать костер;
to make tea заваривать чай ~ есть;
to make a good breakfast хорошо позавтракать;
to make a light meal перекусить to ~ a journey путешествовать;
to make progress развиваться;
делать успехи ~ есть;
to make a good breakfast хорошо позавтракать;
to make a light meal перекусить to ~ start начинать;
to make a mistake (или a blunder) ошибаться;
делать ошибку;
сделать ошибку to ~ an answer (или a reply) отвечать;
to make a pause остановиться;
to make war воевать;
вести войну to ~ nothing( of smth.) ничего не понять( в чем-л.) ;
to make oneself at home быть как дома;
to make a poor mouth прибедняться ~ карт. тасовать;
make after уст. преследовать;
пускаться вслед ~ against говорить не в пользу( кого-л.) to ~ an answer (или a reply) отвечать;
to make a pause остановиться;
to make war воевать;
вести войну ~ away with избавиться, отделаться( от чего-л., кого-л.) ;
убить (кого-л.) ;
make away with oneself покончить с собой, совершить самоубийство ~ back вернуться, возвратиться to ~ a dead set at пристать с ножом к горлу к;
to make do (with smth.) редк. довольствоваться (чем-л.) ~ for нападать;
набрасываться ~ for направляться ~ for способствовать, содействовать ~ for greater clarity вносить ясность to ~ oneself understood объяснять( - ся) (на иностранном языке) ;
to make (smth.) grow выращивать( что-л.) ~ со сложным дополнением означает заставлять, побуждать;
make him repeat it заставь(те) его повторить это ~ получать, приобретать, добывать (деньги, средства) ;
зарабатывать;
to make money зарабатывать деньги;
to make one's living зарабатывать на жизнь money: to make ~ зарабатывать деньги to make ~ разбогатеть;
in the money разг. богатый to ~ nothing (of smth.) ничего не понять (в чем-л.) ;
to make oneself at home быть как дома;
to make a poor mouth прибедняться to ~ nothing (of smth.) считать (что-л.) пустяком;
легко относиться( к чему-л.) nothing: to make ~ (of smth.) не понять (чего-л.) to make ~ (of smth.) никак не использовать (что-л.) to make ~ (of smth.) пренебрегать( чем-л.), легко относиться (к чему-л.) ~ off убежать, удрать to ~ nothing (of smth.) ничего не понять (в чем-л.) ;
to make oneself at home быть как дома;
to make a poor mouth прибедняться to ~ oneself understood объяснять(-ся) (на иностранном языке) ;
to make (smth.) grow выращивать (что-л.) understand: ~ (understood) понимать;
to make oneself understood уметь объясниться ~ out выставлять ~ out делать вид;
притворяться;
дать понять ~ out доказывать ~ out амер. жить, существовать ~ out разбираться ~ out различать ~ out разобрать ~ out составлять (документ) ;
выписывать (счет, чек) ~ out составлять ~ out справляться (с чем-л.) ;
преуспевать;
how did he make out at the examination? как он сдал экзамен? ~ out справляться ~ out увидеть, различить, понять ~ out a case доказывать справедливость иска ~ out a cheque выписывать чек ~ out an invoice выписывать счет-фактуру ~ over передавать;
жертвовать ~ over передавать ~ over переделывать to ~ a journey путешествовать;
to make progress развиваться;
делать успехи progress: ~ достижения, успехи;
to make progress делать успехи make ~ делать успехи to ~ start начинать;
to make a mistake (или a blunder) ошибаться;
делать ошибку;
сделать ошибку to ~ sure обеспечить;
to make time out амер. поспешить, помчаться to ~ sure убеждаться;
удостовериться ~ готовить, приготовлять;
to make a fire разжигать костер;
to make tea заваривать чай tea: Russian ~ чай с лимоном (подается в стаканах) ;
to make (the) tea заваривать чай make: to ~ the best of см. best;
to make a clean sweep of см. sweep to ~ sure обеспечить;
to make time out амер. поспешить, помчаться to ~ (smb.) understand дать (кому-л.) понять ~ up полигр. верстать ~ up возмещать ~ up восполнять ~ up выдумывать ~ up гримировать(ся) ~ up изготавливать ~ up компенсировать ~ up мириться;
let us make it up давайте забудем это, давайте помиримся ~ up подкраситься, подмазаться ~ up подлизываться, подхалимничать;
to make up (to smb.) заискивать, лебезить( перед кем-л.) ~ up подлизываться, подхалимничать;
to make up (to smb.) заискивать, лебезить (перед кем-л.) ~ up подходить, приближаться ~ up пополнять, возмещать, компенсировать;
наверстывать ~ up приближаться ~ up собирать ~ up составлять, собирать;
комплектовать ~ up составлять ~ up устраивать, улаживать ~ up шить;
кроить ~ up for возмещать ~ up for восполнять ~ up for компенсировать to ~ an answer (или a reply) отвечать;
to make a pause остановиться;
to make war воевать;
вести войну ~ производство, работа;
изделие;
our own make нашего производства ~ считать, определять, предполагать;
what do you make the time? который, по-вашему, час?;
what am I to make of your behaviour? как я должен понимать ваше поведение? ~ считать, определять, предполагать;
what do you make the time? который, по-вашему, час?;
what am I to make of your behaviour? как я должен понимать ваше поведение?

Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > make
10 make

1. [meık] n
1. 1) форма, конструкция; модель, фасон

a new make of automobile - новая модель автомобиля

dresses of a new make - платья нового фасона

a coat of first-class make - пальто отличного покроя

a tool of a heavier make - более тяжёлый инструмент

2) марка, тип, сорт

cars of all makes - автомобили всех марок

what make is this? - это что за модель /марка, система/?

houses after the Swiss make - дома по швейцарскому образцу

2. производство, работа; изготовление

an automobile of English make - автомобиль английского производства

knives of Birmingham make - ножи бирмингемской работы

is this your own make? - это вы сами производите?; это ваше изделие?; это вашего собственного изготовления?

3. изготовленное или добытое количество; продукция; выработка

4. конституция, сложение

a man of slender make - стройный человек

a man with the make and muscles of a prize-fighter - человек со сложением и мускулатурой борца

5. склад ( характера)

a man of this [another] make - человек такого [иного] склада /рода/

6. эл. замыкание цепи

at make - включённый, замкнутый

7. карт. объявление ( козыря и игры)

8. карт. тасование

it's your make - твоя очередь тасовать

9. воен. жарг. повышение в чине; новое назначение

♢ on the make - а) стремящийся к наживе; делающий карьеру; б) ищущий любовных приключений

make and mend hour - мор. а) уст. время, отведённое на пошивку и починку обмундирования; б) свободное от нарядов время
2. [meık] v (made)
I

1. делать; изготовлять, производить

to make tables [bricks, wine, machines] - делать столы [кирпичи, вино, машины]

to make in duplicate - выполнять в двух экземплярах

nails are made of iron - гвозди делают из железа

what is it made of? - из чего это сделано?

made in the USA - изготовлено /сделано/ в США

this Publishing House makes good books - это издательство выпускает /издаёт, делает/ хорошие книги; это издательство хорошо выпускает /издаёт/ книги [ср. тж. 3]

to make a meal [dinner] - готовить /приготовить/ еду [обед] [ср. тж. II А 16]

to make tea - приготовить /заварить или вскипятить/ чай

I don't know how to make this dish - я не знаю, как готовить /делать/ это блюдо

to make a coat - сшить /сделать/ пальто

a suit made to order - костюм, сшитый на заказ

to make a bed - постелить постель

I'll make a bed for you on the sofa - я вам постелю на диване [ср. тж. II А 5]

to make a nest - вить /свивать/ гнездо

to make a track - прокладывать путь или лыжню

to make hay - сушить, ворошить или заготовлять сено [см. тж. ♢ ]

don't stand there as if you were made of stone - не стой как истукан, не стой точно каменный

2. составлять, делать, подготавливать

to make a list - составить список

to make a note - сделать заметку, записать (что-л.)

to make notes - вести /делать/ записи, записывать, конспектировать

to make a note of smth. - отметить что-л.; сделать заметку относительно /по поводу/ чего-л.

to make a report - подготовить доклад /отчёт/ [ср. тж. II А 6, 1)]

to make one's will - составить /написать/ завещание

to make a law - создавать /устанавливать, вводить/ закон

to make a plan - придумать /разработать/ план

let's not make premature plans - не будем строить планы заранее; не будем (заранее) загадывать

3. создавать, творить

to make a poem [a symphony] - сочинить /написать/ поэму или стихотворение [симфонию]

this author makes good books - этот писатель пишет /сочиняет/ хорошие книги [ср. тж. 1]

he made a sketch - он сделал рисунок /набросок/

to make a film - снимать фильм

4. совершать, делать

to make a landing - а) совершить посадку б) высадиться на берег

to make a mistake /a blunder/ - совершить ошибку

to make a fresh start - начинать сначала

he made an offence against good taste - он погрешил против хорошего вкуса

5. 1) образовывать; формировать

to make smb.'s character - формировать чей-л. характер

to make one's own life - самостоятельно строить свою жизнь

I made him what he is - я сделал его таким, какой он есть

to make oneself - сделать карьеру самостоятельно ( без протекции)

2) редк. тренировать, учить ( животных)

he made the dog himself - он сам обучил собаку

6. считать, полагать

what do you make of it? - что вы об этом думаете?

what do you make of this film? - как вы находите этот фильм?, что вы думаете об этом фильме?

what do you make of him? - какое у вас мнение о нём?

what distance do you make it from here to the village? - как вы считаете, сколько отсюда до деревни?

I make it five miles - по-моему, пять миль

how large do you make this crowd? - сколько, по-вашему, здесь народу?, как вы думаете, сколько здесь народу?

what time do you make it? - сколько, по-вашему, сейчас времени?; сколько на ваших часах?

I make it half past four - по-моему, половина пятого; на моих (часах) половина пятого

what do you make this bird to be? - что это, по-вашему, за птица?

7. сл. украсть

8. сл. сожительствовать

to make with smb. - сожительствовать с кем-л.

II А

1. зарабатывать, наживать (деньги, состояние)

to make money - зарабатывать деньги, наживать деньги

to make money on the side - зарабатывать халтурой /левой работой/, работать налево

how much (money) do you make a week? - сколько (денег) вы зарабатываете /получаете/ в неделю?

I make a good salary - я получаю хорошую зарплату, мне много /хорошо/ платят

I made very little (money) on this - я на этом заработал /нажил/ очень мало (денег)

to make a good thing of smth. - хорошо заработать /нажиться, нагреть руки/ на чём-л.

he makes a £1000 a year (out) of his lands - он получает со своих имений 1000 фунтов в год

to make profit - получать прибыль

to make a livelihood - зарабатывать средства к существованию

to make a /one's/ living - зарабатывать на жизнь

to make a /one's/ living with one's pen - зарабатывать на жизнь пером /литературным трудом/

to make a living (by) teaching music - зарабатывать на жизнь уроками музыки

to make one's bread - зарабатывать на существование /на хлеб/

2. приобретать (друзей, врагов)

to make friends - завести /приобрести/ друзей; подружиться

we made friends with him very quickly - мы быстро подружились с ним

to make enemies - нажить врагов

to make an ally of smb. - сделать кого-л. своим союзником; завоевать кого-л. на свою сторону

3. 1) заключать (соглашение, сделки)

to make an agreement - прийти к соглашению, договориться

to make a treaty - заключить договор

to make a bargain - заключить сделку, договориться

to make terms - прийти к соглашению

2) назначать ( свидание)

to make a date - назначить свидание

to make an appointment - а) условиться о встрече; б) записаться на приём

3) договориться, условиться (о времени, месте и т. п.)

when shall I see you, Monday or Tuesday? - Make it Tuesday - когда я вас увижу, в понедельник или во вторник? - Договоримся на вторник

I shall make it for three o'clock - я условлюсь /договорюсь/ на 3 часа

4. назначать ( на должность); производить ( в чин)

to make smb. a judge - назначить кого-л. судьёй

to make smb. a general - произвести кого-л. в генералы

he was made commander-in-chief - его сделали /назначили/ главнокомандующим

to make smb. a knight - посвящать кого-л. в рыцари

5. убирать ( помещение); приводить в порядок (комнату, постель); наводить ( порядок)

to make a room - убрать комнату

to make a bed - застилать /заправлять/ постель; убирать кровать [ср. тж. I 1]

I want to make order in /among/ my books - я хочу привести в порядок свои книги

6. 1) выступать ( с докладом)

to make a speech - произносить речь

2) издавать ( звуки); производить ( шум); звенеть, стучать, шуметь

to make a noise - шуметь, поднимать шум

the creature made no sound - животное не издало ни звука

7. 1) устраивать ( скандал)

to make a row - разг. а) скандалить, затеять драку или ссору; б) бурно протестовать

to make a scene - устроить /закатить/ сцену

to make a fuss - а) устраивать переполох /шум/; б) волноваться, суетиться

to make a fuss of smb. - носиться с кем-л.

2) устраивать ( шумиху); производить ( сенсацию)

to make a commotion - устроить шум /переполох/

to make a splash /a stir/ - разг. производить /вызывать/ сенсацию; поднимать шум /шумиху/; вызывать /возбуждать/ всеобщий интерес

this film made a stir - этот фильм возбудил большой интерес /произвёл сенсацию/

he made the front page - (он вызвал такой интерес, что) о нём стали писать газеты /его имя попало на первые полосы/

to make (much) ado - уст. поднять (большой) шум

the novel made the bestseller list - роман попал в список бестселлеров

8. делать ( снимок); фотографировать

I want to make a few pictures of this building - я хочу сделать несколько снимков этого здания

9. совершать ( поездки)

to make a tour [a trip, a journey] - совершить турне [поездку, путешествие]

he made a tour of the whole country - он объездил всю страну

he made a long voyage - он совершил длительное морское путешествие

10. проходить, проезжать (какое-л. расстояние)

to make ten miles a day - делать десять миль в день

we made only three miles that day - мы прошли в тот день только три мили

this car makes 120 kilometres an hour - скорость этой машины 120 километров в час; эта машина делает /даёт/ 120 километров в час

11. 1) достигать (какого-л. места); прийти, войти (в гавань и т. п.)

to make (it to) the village before dark - дойти до деревни засветло

to make the station in time - вовремя прийти на станцию

we just made the train - мы еле поспели на поезд

to make the land см. land I 1

to make port - войти в порт

the ship will never make port in such a storm - корабль не сможет войти в порт в такую бурю

to make it into history - войти в историю

to make it into Parliament - пробиться в парламент

2) (for) направляться, следовать (куда-л.); двигаться (в каком-л. направлении)

to make for home - направляться домой

to make for the open sea - отправиться в открытое море

he made for the door - а) он направился к двери; б) он кинулся /бросился/ к двери

3) набрасываться, нападать (на кого-л.)

the bull made for him - бык бросился на него

12. спорт.

1) достичь ( цели)

to make the finish - добраться до финиша, финишировать

2) забить (мяч и т. п.)

to make the basket - забросить мяч ( баскетбол)

he always makes a goal - он всегда забивает мяч в ворота

he made two tens - он выбил две десятки ( стрельба)

13. преодолевать ( препятствие)

to make a hurdle - взять препятствие /барьер/

to make a /the/ riffle - амер. а) успешно преодолеть пороги ( реки); б) преодолеть трудности, преуспеть

14. карт.

1) брать ( взятку); бить

I made the trick - я взял эту взятку

the ace makes - туз берёт

he made the queen - он побил карту дамой

2) объявлять ( козырь или игру)

3) тасовать ( колоду); сдавать ( карты)

whose turn is it to make? - чья очередь сдавать?

15. мор. указывать ( время); бить склянки

noon was made - пробило полдень

16. есть (завтрак, обед, ужин)

to make a good meal - хорошо поесть

to make a good [substantial, light, hasty, late] breakfast [dinner, supper] - хорошо [плотно, легко, наспех, поздно] позавтракать [пообедать, поужинать] [ср. тж. I 1]

to make a meal on /of/ smth. - съесть что-л.

he made a meal on /of/ nuts - он поел орехов, его еда состояла из орехов

17. подниматься ( о воде)

the tide is making fast - приливная волна быстро поднимается

the water is making fast - вода быстро прибывает; уровень воды быстро поднимается

II Б

1. to make smb. do smth. заставлять, вынуждать, побуждать кого-л. делать что-л.

to make smb. cry [laugh] - заставить кого-л. плакать [смеяться]

I shall make him do it - я заставлю его сделать это

I can't make you come if you refuse - я не могу заставить вас прийти, если вы отказываетесь

I can make him believe anything I choose - я могу убедить его в чём угодно

it makes me think you are right - это убеждает меня в вашей правоте

his story made me yawn - его рассказ нагнал на меня скуку

to make smb. understand - а) заставить кого-л. понять; б) дать кому-л. понять

2. to make smb., smth. understood [known, etc.] заставить понять [узнать и т. п.]

to make oneself understood - а) заставить (кого-л.) себя понять; б) выражаться ясно; в) объясняться ( на иностранном языке)

to make his wishes understood - сделать понятными его желания; дать понять, чего он хочет

to make oneself known - а) сделать так, чтобы тебя узнали, заставить о себе говорить; б) заявить, известить о себе; представиться

to make smth. known - сообщить о чём-л.; обнародовать что-л.

3. to make smth. do smth. вызывать что-л., являться причиной чего-л.

what makes the grass grow so quickly? - отчего трава растёт так быстро?

the wind made the bells ring - колокольчики звенели на ветру

he made the water boil - он довёл воду до кипения

the sight of food made my mouth water - при виде еды у меня слюнки потекли

the onions made my eyes smart - от лука у меня защипало глаза

4. to have smth. made выражает действие, совершённое по инициативе или побуждению какого-л. лица:

I must have a new dress made for this party - мне нужно сшить новое платье для этого вечера

5. to make smb., smth. + прилагательное превращать, приводить в какое-л. состояние; делать каким-л.

to make smb. angry /mad/ - рассердить кого-л.

to make smb. happy - делать кого-л. счастливым, осчастливить кого-л.

to make smb. sad - заставить кого-л. загрустить, расстроить кого-л., нагнать на кого-л. тоску

to make smb. rich - обогатить кого-л.; сделать кого-л. богатым

to make smb. sick - а) вызывать тошноту у кого-л.; the food made me sick - от этой еды мне стало плохо; б) разг. утомлять, раздражать кого-л., надоедать кому-л.

your questions make me sick - мне надоели ваши вопросы

to make smb. drunk - а) напоить кого-л.; б) опьянить кого-л.

the fresh air made me drunk - свежий воздух опьянил меня

to make smth. available - предоставлять /делать доступным/ что-л.

to make the book available - предоставить книгу (в чьё-л. распоряжение)

this knowledge was not made available to us - эти сведения были нам недоступны

to make oneself comfortable - удобно устроиться, устроиться уютно

to make oneself agreeable - стараться быть приятным

to make oneself clear - ясно /понятно/ изложить своё мнение

6. to make smth. of smth. превращать что-л. во что-л.

to make a practice of smth., to make a rule of it - взять за правило, постоянно делать что-л.

to make a regular thing of smth. - регулярно заниматься чем-л.

I make a regular thing of reading the papers - чтение газет вошло у меня в привычку

the author has made a speciality of long-winded descriptions - этот автор специализируется на многословных описаниях

to make a show of smth. - слишком подчёркивать /выставлять напоказ/ что-л.

to make a parade of smth. - выставлять напоказ что-л.; щеголять чем-л.

to make a religion of smth. - считать что-л. своей священной обязанностью; целиком отдаваться чему-л.; делать культ из чего-л.

to make a hash /a mess, a muddle/ of smth. - напутать в чём-л., перепутать что-л.; вносить путаницу во что-л.; устраивать беспорядок в чём-л.

to make a hell of smb.'s life - превратить чью-л. жизнь в ад

7. 1) to make smth. of smb. представлять, изображать кого-л. в каком-л. виде

to make a laughing-stock of smb. - сделать из кого-л. посмешище, выставить кого-л. в смешном виде

he is not as bad as you make him - он не так плох, как вы его изображаете

he is not the fool you make him - он совсем не такой дурак, каким вы его выставляете

2) to make smb., smth. ( out) of smb. делать кого-л., что-л. из кого-л.

I'll make a tennis player (out) of him yet - я ещё сделаю из него теннисиста

3) to make smth. of oneself строить, делать из себя что-л., вести себя как...

to make a pig of oneself - а) вести себя как свинья; б) объедаться

to make a beast of oneself - вести себя по-скотски /по-свински/

to make an exhibition /a spectacle, a sight/ of oneself - привлекать к себе внимание; выставлять себя на посмешище

to make a nuisance of oneself - надоедать, досаждать, докучать (кому-л.)

to make an ass /a fool/ of oneself - вести себя как осёл /дурак/; (с)валять дурака; поставить себя в смешное /глупое, дурацкое/ положение

8. to make smth. over to smb. передавать, уступать что-л. кому-л.

to make one's profit over to smb. - передать свой доход кому-л.

he made over most of his property to his son - он переписал большую часть своего имущества на имя сына

9. to make to do smth. пытаться, порываться что-л. сделать

he made to reply when I stopped him - он начал было отвечать, когда я остановил его

she made to grab the bag - она рванулась, чтобы схватить сумку

10. to make as though /as if/ to do smth. притворяться, будто собираешься что-л. сделать

he made as though to leave the room - он сделал вид, будто собирается выйти из комнаты

he made as if he would escape - он сделал вид, как будто /что/ хочет убежать

11. to make smb. free of smth. разрешить кому-л. пользоваться чем-л., предоставить что-л. в чьё-л. распоряжение

to make smb. free of one's library - предоставить свою библиотеку в чьё-л. распоряжение

to make smb. free of one's house - радушно принять кого-л.; предоставить свой дом в чьё-л. распоряжение

12. to make after smb., smth. следовать за чем-л.; преследовать кого-л.

in the morning we made after them - утром мы пустились /поехали/ за ними вслед

III А

1. как глагол-связка в составном именном сказуемом:

1) составлять, равняться

twenty shillings make a pound - двадцать шиллингов составляют фунт; в фунте двадцать шиллингов

two and two make four - два и два равняется четырём

twice six makes twelve - дважды шесть будет двенадцать

2) быть, являться

to make one of - быть одним из; быть участником; быть в числе

will you make one of the party? - не составишь ли ты нам компанию?

I made one of their group - я был одним из них

to make a fourth - быть четвёртым ( партнёром в карточной игре)

you make the tenth here - ты здесь десятый

this makes your tenth offence - это ваше десятое нарушение

this makes the third time I've rung him - я звоню ему уже в третий раз

this colour makes a perfect camouflage - этот цвет служит отличной маскировкой

cold tea makes an excellent drink in summer - холодный чай - прекрасный напиток летом

that makes a good answer - это хороший ответ; это вы удачно ответили

this book makes good /interesting/ reading - это интересная книга; эта книга легко читается

3) оказываться, становиться

to make a good teacher - стать хорошим преподавателем

she could make a good mother for them - она могла бы стать им хорошей матерью

he will make her an excellent husband - он будет ей прекрасным мужем

he will make a good musician [sprinter] - из него выйдет хороший музыкант [спринтер]

the carpet will make your bed - ковёр будет служить вам постелью

this room will make a good study - из этой комнаты выйдет хороший кабинет

4) образовывать, составлять

to make a quorum - составлять кворум

to make a House - составлять кворум в палате

these books make a set - эти книги составляют серию

2. в сочетании с последующим существительным выражает действие, соответствующее значению существительного:

to make a jump - прыгнуть

to make a bow - поклониться

to make a move - а) сделать движение; б) двинуться; в) сделать ход

to make a start - а) начинать; to make a good start - положить хорошее начало; б) отправиться

he made an early start - он рано отправился (в путь)

to make a stop - останавливаться, сделать остановку

to make inquiries - справиться, наводить справки

to make a call - а) посетить, нанести (непродолжительный) визит; I had to make a few calls that's why I was late - я должен был зайти в несколько мест, поэтому я опоздал; б) позвонить (по телефону)

let me make a call first - разрешите я сначала позвоню

to make use of smth., smb. - использовать что-л., кого-л.

in his book he has made extensive use of quotations - в его книге много цитат

3. в сочетании с последующим прилагательным выражает действие, соответствующее значению прилагательного:

to make fast - закрепить; привязать

to make merry - веселиться

to make public - а) обнародовать, сделать общеизвестным; б) сделать общественным, общим, общедоступным

to make good - а) добиться успеха, достичь цели; he has talent and he'll make good - он талантлив и добьётся успеха; б) компенсировать, восполнять; we'll make good your losses - мы возместим вам ваши убытки; в) выполнять ( обещанное)

I promised you a present, I'll make good next time - я обещал тебе подарок, в следующий раз я не забуду

♢

to make sure /certain/ that или of - удостовериться, убедиться, что или в чём-л.; выяснить что-л.

make sure that the doors are locked - проверь, заперты ли двери

to make for smth. - способствовать, содействовать чему-л.

international talks make for better understanding between countries - благодаря международным переговорам достигается взаимопонимание между странами

an interesting plot makes for good reading /readability/ - если сюжет увлекательный, то книга хорошо читается

it is very funny and makes for compulsive reading - это так смешно, что от книги нельзя оторваться

this did not make for happiness - это не сулило счастья

in this field education makes for success - в этой области образование - гарантия успеха

to make do - обходиться тем, что имеется; справляться

I had no dictionary when reading this book but I made do - когда я читала эту книгу, у меня не было словаря, но я как-то справилась

we must make do on our pension - мы должны обойтись одной пенсией

can you make do without electricity for another week? - вы можете обойтись ещё одну неделю без электричества?

to make smb.'s acquaintance, to make the acquaintance of smb. - познакомиться с кем-л.

I am happy to make your acquaintance - рад с вами познакомиться

to make oneself at home - быть как дома; хозяйничать

to make long hours - очень много /усиленно/ работать

to make up one's mind - решить, принять решение; решиться

I made up my mind to finish the work that day - я решил закончить работу в тот же день

to make no sign - и виду не показывать; не протестовать

to make a face /faces/ (at smb.) - гримасничать, строить гримасы, корчить /строить/ рожи (кому-л.)

to make a wry face - сделать недовольную гримасу /кислую физиономию/

to make a long face - иметь недовольный /кислый, разочарованный, огорчённый/ вид

to make eyes at smb. - делать /строить/ глазки кому-л.

to make sheep's eyes at smb. - смотреть влюблёнными глазами /бросать влюблённые взгляды/ на кого-л.

to make a long nose /школ. жарг. a snook/ at smb. - показать «нос» кому-л.

to make a long neck - вытянуть шею

to make a long arm for smth. - протянуть руку /потянуться/ за чем-л.

to make a figure - а) выглядеть смешным, играть смешную роль; б) играть важную /видную/ роль; выделяться; занимать видное положение; вызывать уважение или восхищение (тж. to make a conspicuous figure)

to make a little [poor, ridiculous] figure - играть незначительную [жалкую, смешную] роль

to make a poor month - прибедняться

to make little /light/ of smth. - относиться несерьёзно /пренебрежительно/ к чему-л., не принимать что-л. всерьёз, не обращать внимания на что-л.; смотреть на что-л. сквозь пальцы

to make little account of smth. - не придавать значения чему-л., считать что-л. неважным /несущественным/

to make much of smth., of smb. - высоко ценить что-л., кого-л.; быть высокого мнения о чём-л., о ком-л.; уделять большое внимание чему-л., кому-л.

he makes too much of his daughter - он слишком балует свою дочь /носится со своей дочерью/

the author makes much of his childhood - автор придаёт большое значение своему детству

he has not made much of his opportunities - он мало использовал свои возможности

I can make nothing of this letter - а) я не могу воспользоваться этим письмом; б) я совершенно не понимаю, что написано в этом письме

he makes nothing of my remarks - он не обращает внимания на мои замечания

I cannot make head or tail of his letter - я не могу ничего понять в его письме

to make the most of smth., smb. - а) использовать что-л., кого-л. наилучшим образом /максимально/

you only have a week, so make the most of it - у вас всего неделя, так что проведите её с максимальной пользой; б) расхваливать, преувеличивать достоинства чего-л., кого-л.; превозносить до небес что-л., кого-л.

to make the best of smth., smb. - а) использовать что-л., кого-л. наилучшим образом /максимально/; б) мириться с чем-л., с кем-л.

to make the best of a bad bargain /job/ - мужественно переносить несчастья /затруднения/; не падать духом в беде; делать хорошую мину при плохой игре

to make the best of both worlds - ирон. ≅ на земле погулять и в рай попасть; всюду поспеть

to make the worst of smth. [of it] - изображать что-л. [это] в самом худшем виде; пессимистически смотреть на что-л.

to make it worse - в довершение всего, к тому же, в придачу (к чему-л. плохому)

to make hay - нажиться; ≅ нагреть руки [см. тж. I 1]

to make a hand - преуспеть (в чём-л.); добиться успеха

to make no hand of smth. - сделать что-л. скверно; провалиться

to make one's jack - сл. добиться успеха

to make one's pile - нажить /сколотить/ состояние

to make a raise - амер. получить, раздобыть (деньги или какую-л. ценную вещь); получить взаймы

to make a strike - амер. напасть на золотую жилу

I made a strike - мне здорово повезло

to make the grade - а) взять подъём; б) амер. преуспеть (в чём-л.); добиться своего; быть на должной высоте

to make one's mark - а) отличиться, добиться успеха; б) амер. успеть, поспеть

to make time - прийти вовремя /по расписанию/

to make the train - успеть на поезд

to make it - а) добиться своей цели; I knew that he would make it - я знал, что он добьётся своего; he'll make it through college - он закончит колледж; б) успеть, поспеть

do you think he will make it? - как ты думаешь, он успеет?; to make it to the train - успеть /не опоздать/ к поезду; в) сл. сожительствовать

to make good time - а) спорт. показать хорошее время; б) быстро пройти или проехать (какое-л.) расстояние

to make rings round - а) спорт. жарг. значительно /намного/ опередить, обогнать; б) обойти, объегорить; заткнуть за пояс

to make the running - а) добиться хороших результатов ( о жокее или скаковой лошади); б) добиться успеха, преуспеть; в) начать (что-л.), подготовляя почву для дальнейших участников

to make good work of /with/ smth. - хорошо сделать что-л. /справиться с чем-л./; быть на высоте положения

to make a good [bad] job of it см. job1 I ♢

to make a go of it - амер. добиться успеха, преуспеть

to make short work of smth. - быстро справиться /разделаться/ с чем-л.

to make sure work with smth. - прочно завладеть чем-л.; обеспечить свой контроль над чем-л.

to make (a) shift - а) перебиваться, обходиться; б) довольствоваться; примириться

to make a good [poor] fist at /of/ smth. - а) сделать удачную [неудачную] попытку; хорошо [плохо] справиться с чем-л.; б) уметь [не уметь] делать что-л.

to make a break - а) нарушить ход /ритм/; перебить; сделать неуместное замечание; сделать ложный шаг; б) удрать от полиции

to make a get-away - а) бежать (из тюрьмы, от полиции); удрать, улизнуть, спастись бегством; б) воен. оторваться от противника

to make a clean sweep - совершенно отделаться, избавиться; ≅ под метёлку вымести, вычистить

to make oneself scarce - исчезнуть, сгинуть, испариться

to make a run of it - убежать, удрать

to make tracks - а) ≅ дать тягу, навострить лыжи, улизнуть; б) идти или нестись дальше

to make head against smth. - а) успешно сопротивляться /противиться/ чему-л.; бороться /восставать/ против чего-л.; б) продвигаться вперёд, несмотря на противодействие

to make a footing - а) обрести точку опоры, закрепиться на небольшом пространстве; б) добиться положения в обществе

to make a lodgement - а) воен. захватывать плацдарм; закрепиться /обосноваться/ на захваченной позиции; засесть; б) прочно утвердиться

to make a fight of it - оказывать сопротивление

to make a poor fight of it - оказывать слабое сопротивление

to make an example of smb. - наказать кого-л. в назидание другим

to make a cat's paw of smb. - сделать кого-л. своим орудием

to make an honest woman of smb. - а) жениться на женщине с прошлым, прикрыть грех; б) узаконить браком связь с женщиной

to make a clean breast of smth. - чистосердечно признаться в чём-л., всё выложить

to make a rod for oneself /for one's own back/ - наказать /высечь/ самого себя

to make a bee-line for smth. - пойти напрямик /кратчайшим путём/ куда-л.

to make a dead-set - а) охот. сделать стойку ( о собаке); б) нападать, набрасываться, накидываться; в) резко критиковать; обрушиться; жестоко высмеивать; he made a dead-set at me - он занял резко враждебную позицию в отношении меня; г) ≅ вешаться кому-л. на шею; упорно пытаться завоевать (чьё-л.) сердце; всячески добиваться (чьей-л.) взаимности или дружбы

to make a bid for smth. - а) предлагать цену за что-л. на аукционе; б) стремиться к чему-л., стараться добиться чего-л.

to make oneself solid with smb. - снискать чью-л. благосклонность; добиться взаимопонимания с кем-л. /поддержки у кого-л./

to make play - а) сл. действовать; making play with both hands - действуя обеими руками; б) спорт. держать противника в напряжении; не давать противнику передышки; в) спорт. наносить сильные и точные удары; г) добиваться результатов

to make a play for - амер. а) пустить в ход свои чары, очаровывать; б) сделать всё возможное, чтобы добиться своего; в) ухаживать

to make a score off one's own bat - сделать (что-л.) без посторонней помощи

to make a save - спасти ворота ( о вратаре)

to make a stab at smth. - попытаться сделать что-л.

to make a shot - попытаться угадать

to make a bad shot - а) не отгадать, не разгадать; б) ошибиться, промахнуться; ≅ попасть пальцем в небо

to make a good shot - а) отгадать, разгадать; б) правильно угадать, попасть в точку

to make the bull's-eye - а) попадать в цель /в яблоко мишени, в «десятку»/; б) иметь успех, добиться поставленной цели

to make smb.'s /the/ blood boil - приводить кого-л. в бешенство /в ярость/; вызывать чьё-л. возмущение

his words made my blood boil - у меня от его слов закипела кровь

to make smb.'s flesh creep, to make smb.'s blood run cold, to make smb.'s hair curl /stand on end/ - приводить кого-л. в ужас

what I saw made my blood run cold - у меня кровь застыла в жилах от того, что я увидел

to make smb.'s brain reel - поразить /изумить, ошеломить/ кого-л.

to make smb. sit up - а) засадить кого-л. за трудную работу; б) шокировать кого-л.; неприятно поразить кого-л.

to make smb.'s ears burn - говорить о ком-л. за его спиной

to make the ears tingle - оглушать; резать слух

to make the cup run over - переполнить чашу (терпения), быть последней каплей (вызвавшей несчастье, катастрофу)

to make smb. turn in his grave - шутл. заставить кого-л. перевернуться в гробу

to make a song and dance about smth. - поднимать шум из-за чего-л.

to make the air blue - ругаться, сквернословить; поносить (кого-л.); ≅ ругаться на чём свет стоит

to make the dust /feathers, fur/ fly - амер. а) затеять ссору, поднять бучу; б) накинуться (на кого-л.), распушить (кого-л.); ≅ задать жару (кому-л.)

to make it hot for smb. - а) взгреть /вздуть/ кого-л.; б) здорово выругать кого-л.; ≅ задать жару кому-л.

I shall make it hot for him! - я ему задам!; в) причинить неприятность кому-л., создать невыносимые условия для кого-л.

his enemies made the place too hot for him - недоброжелатели сделали его жизнь там невыносимой; враги выживали его оттуда

to make things lively for smb. - ≅ насолить кому-л., причинить кому-л. неприятности

to make a time /a day/ of it - хорошо провести время, повеселиться

to make a night of it - прокутить всю ночь напролёт; здорово повеселиться до утра

to make good cheer - пировать, веселиться

to make whoopee - амер. кутить; шумно веселиться

to make the welkin ring - поднимать неимоверный шум

to make no question of smth. - не сомневаться в чём-л., вполне допускать что-л.

to make no scruple to do smth. - делать что-л. со спокойной совестью; не постесняться сделать что-л.

to make no bones about /of/ smth. - а) не колебаться в чём-л.; б) не скрывать чего-л., не делать из чего-л. секрета /тайны/; в) не возражать против чего-л.

to make a long story short, to make short of long - короче говоря

to make odds even - устранить различия, сгладить разницу

to make the pot boil - а) зарабатывать на пропитание /на кусок хлеба/; б) халтурить

to make the hat go round - а) пустить шапку по кругу; б) организовать сбор пожертвований

to make a purse - а) собирать деньги (особ. по подписке); б) откладывать деньги

to make a bag - охот. убить немного дичи

to make the bag - охот. убить большую часть дичи ( из дневной добычи охотников)

to make book - принимать ставки на лошадей

as they make them /'em/ - чрезвычайно, исключительно, ужасно, чертовски

he is as stupid as they make them - он набитый дурак

to make a hole in smb. - всадить пулю в кого-л., застрелить кого-л.

to make a hole in the water - утопиться

to make water - а) мочиться; б) дать течь ( о корабле)

to make ducks and drakes - а) бросать плоские камешки на поверхность воды, «печь блины»; б) проматывать, разбазаривать; в) поступать безрассудно; рисковать

to make a Virginia fence - амер. идти качаясь, нетвёрдо держаться на ногах ( о пьяном или изображающем пьяного)

to make a leg - уст., шутл. отвесить старомодный поклон ( отставив одну ногу назад)

to make bricks without straw - а) работать без нужного материала; делать (что-л.) впустую; б) заниматься бесполезным делом

to make fish of one and flesh /foul/ of another - относиться к людям пристрастно /неодинаково/

to make or break /or mar/ - возвеличить или погубить; ≅ либо пан, либо пропал

to make a pint measure hold a quart - пытаться сделать явно невозможное

to make two bites of a cherry - а) делить что-л. и без того небольшое; б) ≅ стрелять из пушки по воробьям

to make a virtue of necessity - делать вид, что действуешь добровольно

to make old bones - дожить до глубокой старости

make it snappy! - покороче!; поскорее!; живо!

as you make your bed, so you must be upon /in, on/ it - ≅ что посеешь, то и пожнёшь

nine tailors make one man - ≅ из девяти хилых не сделаешь и одного здорового

one fool makes many - ≅ дураку всегда компания найдётся

make haste slowly - ≅ тише едешь, дальше будешь

др. сочетания см. под соответствующими словами

НБАРС > make
11 cell

1) клетка

2) ячейка

3) камера

•

- cold target NK cell
- educated cell
- passenger cells
- absorbing cell
- accessory cell
- accessory pigment cell
- acidophil cell
- acinar cell
- acoustic hair cell
- adipose cell
- adventitional cell
- air cell
- allergized cell
- allogenerated cell
- allogenerated killer cell
- allogenic cell
- alpha cell
- amoebocytic cell
- amoeboid cell
- anaphylactic target cell
- antheridial cell
- antibody-armed cell
- antibody-coated cell
- antibody-containing cell
- antibody-forming cell
- antibody-generating cell
- antibody-producing cell
- antigen-educated cell
- antigen-experienced cell
- antigen-exposed cell
- antigen-presenting cell
- antigen-responsive cell
- antigen-sensitive cell
- antigen-specific cell
- apical cell
- archesporial cell
- argyrophil cell
- attacker cell
- atypical cardiac muscle cell
- autoaggressive cell
- autoimmune helper cell
- autologous responding cell
- auxiliary cell
- bacterial cell
- Baer's cell
- basal anal cell
- basal cell
- basket cell
- basophil cell
- bee's cells
- beta cell
- Betz cell
- binucleate cell
- bipolar cell
- B-lineage cell
- blood cell
- body cell
- bone cell
- boosted memory cell
- bottle cell
- bristle cell
- broad cell
- brown fat cell
- burst-forming cell
- bystander tumor cell
- caliciform cell
- cameloid cell
- canal cell
- cancer cell
- cancerous cell
- carrier-primed cell
- carrier-specific T helper cell
- cartilaginous cell
- cell of Bergmann's fiber
- cell of Fanana
- centroacinar cell
- chalice cell
- chlorophyll-containing cell
- chromaffin cell
- chromatophore cell
- ciliated cell
- Claudius' cell
- cleavage cell
- clonogenic cell
- closed cell
- clumped cells
- cluster-forming cells
- collagen-producing cell
- collar cell
- collared flagellate cell
- columnar cell
- committed cell
- common lymphoid stem cell
- common myeloid stem cell
- companion cell
- ConA-induced suppressor cell
- cone cell
- contrasuppressor T cell
- Coombs' positive red cell
- Corti's cell
- counting cell
- couple cell
- covering cell
- Craig-type dialysis cell
- CSF-producing cell
- cuboidal cell
- culture-origin cell
- cycling cell
- cytocidal cell
- cytotoxic cell
- cytotoxic T cell
- daughter cell
- decidual cell
- Deiters' cell
- delayer-type T cell
- demilune cells
- dentinal cell
- discal cell
- distal retinula cell
- dividing cell
- dormant cell
- drone cell
- durative cell
- dust cells
- EAC-rosetting cell
- EA-rosetting cell
- effector cell
- egg cell
- elementary cell
- embryo cell
- embryonic cell
- enamel cell
- end cell
- enterochromaffin cell
- eosinophil cell
- ependymal cell
- epidermal cell
- epithelial cell
- epithelial glial cell
- E-rosetting cell
- ethmoidal air cells
- excitatory cell
- exocrine cell
- F- cell
- F+ cell
- fat cell
- fatty cell
- feeder cell
- flame cell
- flask cell
- floor cell
- flow cell
- flow-through cell
- fluorescence-bright cell
- fluorescence-dull cell
- follicular cell
- foot cell
- formative cell
- founder cell
- free cell
- Freund's cells
- ganglionic nerve cell
- generative cell
- genetical storage cells
- germ cell
- germinal cell
- Gey's HeLa epithelial cells
- giant cell
- gland cell
- glandular cell
- glass-adherent cell
- glass-nonadherent cell
- glia cell
- glial Golgi cell
- glomerulosa cells
- GNA cell
- goblet cell
- Golgi cell
- Gram-negative cell
- Gram-positive cell
- granule cell
- granulobasal cell
- guard cell
- hair cell
- hapten-binding cell
- hapten-primed cell
- haptenylated cell
- HeLa cells
- helper cell
- hemic cell
- hemolysin-coated cell
- hemopoietic cell
- Hensen's cell
- hepatic cell
- Hersch's cell
- high-producer cell
- histoincompatible cells
- horizontal cell
- horizontal spindle-shaped nerve cell
- horn cell
- Hortega cell
- host cell
- hybrid cell
- hybridoma cell
- hydropot cell
- Ig-secreting cell
- ill-defined cell
- immature cell
- immobilized cells
- immune cell
- immunocompetent cell
- immunoglobulin-producing cell
- immunologically committed lymphoid cell
- immunoregulatory cell
- inclusion-bearing cell
- initial cell
- inner hair cell
- interstitial cell
- interstitial glandular cell of testis
- intestinal acidophil cell
- iris cell
- iris pigment cell
- irritation cell
- islet cell
- isotype-uncommitted B cell
- juvenile B cell
- juvenile cell
- K-cell
- killer cell
- Kupffer cell
- Langhans cell
- large-field cell
- lasso cell
- Leydig's cell
- liber cells
- light-producing cell
- lip cell
- living cell
- lutein cell
- lymph cell
- major mastoid air cell
- male cell
- malignant cell
- mantle cell
- Marchand's cell
- marginal cell
- marrow cell
- mast cell
- mastoid air cell
- mastoid cell
- mature cell
- mechanical cell
- memory cell
- meristematic cell
- mesenchyme cell
- migratory cell
- mini cell
- mitral cell
- mixed-lineage cells
- mobile cell
- modified self cell
- mononuclear cell
- mossy cell
- mother cell
- multinucleate cell
- myeloid cell
- myeloma cell
- naked cell
- natural cytotoxic cell
- natural killer cell
- natural suppressor cell
- NC cell
- nerve cell
- nerve multipolar cell
- nettling cell
- neurosecretory cell
- NK cell
- NK-sensitive cell
- noncorrectly fused cells
- noncycling cell
- nonproliferating cell
- nonspiking cell
- NS cell
- nurse cell
- nutritive cell
- oil cell
- olfactory cell
- open cell
- osseous cell
- osteogenetic cell
- outer limiting cell
- outer phalangeal cell
- outer supporting cell
- pairing cell
- palisade cell
- Paneth cell
- parenchymatous cell
- parent cell
- parietal cell
- passage cell
- pavement cell
- pericapillary cell
- pheochrome cell
- photogenic cell
- photoreceptor cell
- pigment cell
- pillar cell
- pituitary cell
- plankton counting cell
- plant cell
- plaque-forming cell
- plasma cell
- pluripotential cell
- pole cell
- postfusional cell
- postmitotic mature cell
- pre-B cell
- precommitted cell
- prekiller cell
- premitotic cell
- presenter cell
- prickle cell
- primed lymphoid cell
- primed responder cell
- primitive blood cell
- primitive sperm cell
- primordial germ cell
- progenitor cell
- promotor cell
- prop cell
- prothallial cell
- Purkinje's cell
- pus cell
- pyramidal cell
- queen cell
- quiescent cell
- radiate glial cell
- red blood cell
- repopulating cell
- reserve cell
- responder cell
- resting cell
- restricted stem cell
- reticuloendothelial cell
- Rieder cell
- rod cell
- rod nuclear cell
- rosette-forming cells
- Rouget cell
- royal cell
- satellite glial cell
- scavenger cell
- Schultze's cell
- Schwann's cell
- secondary B cell
- secretory cell
- segmentated cell
- segmentation cell
- self cell
- self-reactive cell
- self-restricted cell
- self-specific cell
- sense cell
- sensitized cell
- sensory cell
- Sertoli's cell
- sessile phagocytic cell
- sex cell
- sexual cell
- shadow cell
- sheath cell
- sickle cell
- sieve cell
- sister cells
- skein cell
- small cell of Ramon-y-Cajal
- somatic cell
- sperm cell
- spermatogenous cell
- spider cell
- spiking cell
- spinal ganglion cell
- spindle cell
- spiny epithelial cell
- sporogenous cell
- spot-forming cell
- squamous cell
- squamous epithelial cell
- stab cell
- staff cell
- stalk cell
- star cell
- starlike cell
- stellate cell
- stellate endothelial cell
- stellate nerve cell
- stem cell
- stimulator cell
- stinging cell
- stone cell
- stromal cell
- substituting cell
- supporting cell
- supporting glial cell of fiber
- suppressor cell
- suppressor-enriched T cells
- swarm cell
- switch T cell
- sympathicotropic cell
- sympathochromaffin cell
- T suppressor-cytotoxic cell
- tactile cell
- tapetal cell
- target binding cell
- target cell
- taste cell
- terminal cell
- testicular follicular cell
- thymus-repopulating cell
- T-lineage cell
- totipotent cell
- touch cell
- T-proliferative cell
- tracheidal cell
- triggered cell
- trophochrome cell
- tumor cell
- Türk irritation cell
- uncommitted cell
- undifferentiated cell
- unprimed cell
- vasoformative cell
- vegetative cell
- veiled cell
- veto cell
- virgin B cell
- visual cell
- wandering cell
- wandering resting cell
- whip cell
- white blood cell
- white branched epidermal cell
- white cell
- yeast cell
- yolk cell
- zymogenic cell

English-russian biological dictionary > cell
12 estado

m.

1 state.

estado de excepción o emergencia state of emergency

estado de salud (state of) health

estado de sitio state of siege

el estado de las carreteras road conditions

su estado es grave his condition is serious (enfermo)

estar en buen/mal estado to be in good/bad condition; (vehículo, terreno) to be fresh/off (alimento, bebida)

en estado de alerta on (the) alert

estar en estado (de esperanza o buena esperanza) to be expecting

quedarse en estado to become pregnant

estado anímico o de ánimo state of mind

estado de bienestar welfare state

estado civil marital status

en estado de coma in a coma

estado de cuentas statement of accounts

2 state (gobierno).

el estado the State

estado Mayor (military) general staff

3 state.

estado policial police state

estado satélite satellite (state)

Estados Unidos de América United States of America

4 status, standing.

5 condition, shape.

past part.

past participle of spanish verb: estar.

* * *

estado

► nombre masculino

1 (situación) state, condition

■ su estado es delicado his condition is delicate

■ ahora les informamos del estado de las carreteras and now for some traffic news

2 (en orden social) status

3 HISTORIA estate

4 PLÍTICA state

■ varios jefes de estado asistieron al congreso various heads of state attended the congress

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

estar en buen estado to be in good condition

estar en estado to be pregnant

estar en estado de funcionamiento to be in working order

estar en mal estado to be in bad condition

estado civil marital status

estado de ánimo state of mind

estado de bienestar welfare state

estado de cuentas statement of accounts

estado de excepción state of emergency

estado de guerra state of war

estado de salud state of health

estado mayor MILITAR staff

estado noble noble estate

estado sólido solid state

* * *

noun m.

1) state

2) status

3) condition

* * *

SM

1) (=situación)

a) [de objeto, proceso] state

¿en qué estado se encuentran las relaciones entre los dos países? — what is the state of relations between the two countries?

• estar en buen estado — [instalación, alimentos] to be in good condition

el ordenador está en perfecto estado — the computer is working perfectly o is in perfect working order

• estar en mal estado — [instalación] to be in (a) poor condition, be in a bad state; [alimentos] to be off

el techo se encontraba en muy mal estado — the roof was in very poor condition o in a very bad state

tras comer carne en mal estado — after eating meat that was off o that had gone off

b) [de persona] condition

el estado general del paciente — the overall condition of the patient

estado civil — marital status

estado de alarma, estado de alerta — state of alert

estado de ánimo — [emocional] mood; [mental] state of mind

estado de atención — state of alert

estado de coma — coma, state of coma

estado de cosas — state of affairs

en este estado de cosas, lo mejor es convocar nuevas elecciones — given the state of affairs, the best thing to do is call another election

¿cuál es el estado de cosas ahora? — what's the state of play now?

estado de emergencia, estado de excepción — state of emergency

estado de gracia — [de creyente] state of grace; [de político, gobierno] honeymoon period; [de deportista] run of good form

estado de guerra — state of war

estado de la red — (Inform) volume of users

estado de salud — condition, state of health

estado de sitio — state of siege

2) (Fís) state

estado gaseoso — gaseous state

estado líquido — solid state

estado sólido — solid state

3)

• en estado (=embarazada) —

una mujer en estado — an expectant mother

estar en estado — to be expecting

quedarse en estado — to become pregnant

• estar en estado de buena esperanza — to be expecting

• en avanzado estado de gestación — heavily pregnant, in an advanced state of pregnancy

• estar en estado interesante — hum to be expecting, be in the family way *

4) (=nación) state

los intereses del estado — national o state interests

el Estado español — Spain

asuntos de estado — affairs of state, state affairs

• hombre de estado — statesman

estado asistencial, estado benefactor — welfare state

estado colchón — buffer state

estado de derecho — democracy

estado del bienestar, estado de previsión — welfare state

estado policial — police state

estado tapón — buffer state
golpe 10)
5) (=región) [en EE.UU., México, Brasil] state

6) ( Hist) (=clase) estate

• el estado eclesiástico — the clergy

• estado llano, tercer estado — third estate, commoners pl

7) (Mil)

el Estado Mayor (General) — the (General) Staff

8) (Com, Econ) (=informe) report

estado de contabilidad — Méx balance sheet

estado de cuenta — bank statement, statement of account frm

estado de cuentas — [de una empresa] statement of account

estado de pérdidas y ganancias — profit and loss statement

estado de reconciliación — reconciliation statement

estado financiero — financial statement

* * *

masculino

1)

a) (situación, condición) state

la casa está en buen estado — the house is in good condition

en avanzado estado de descomposición — (frml) in an advanced state of decomposition

en estado de embriaguez — (frml) under the influence of alcohol

tomar estado público — (RPl frml) to become public (knowledge)

b) (Med) condition

en avanzado estado de gestación — (frml) in an advanced state of pregnancy (frml)

no debería fumar en su estado — she shouldn't smoke in her condition

estar en estado — (euf) to be expecting (colloq)

estar en estado de buena esperanza — (euf or hum) to be expecting a happy event (euph)

quedarse en estado — (euf) to get pregnant

- estado civil

- estado de ánimo

- estado de cuenta

- estado de emergencia or excepción/de guerra/de sitio

- estado de gracia

- estado sólido

2) (nación, gobierno) state

la seguridad del Estado — national o state security

un asunto de estado — a state matter

el Estado — the State

•

- estado benefactor or de bienestar

- estado ciudad

- estado de derecho

- Estado Mayor

* * *

masculino

1)

a) (situación, condición) state

la casa está en buen estado — the house is in good condition

en avanzado estado de descomposición — (frml) in an advanced state of decomposition

en estado de embriaguez — (frml) under the influence of alcohol

tomar estado público — (RPl frml) to become public (knowledge)

b) (Med) condition

en avanzado estado de gestación — (frml) in an advanced state of pregnancy (frml)

no debería fumar en su estado — she shouldn't smoke in her condition

estar en estado — (euf) to be expecting (colloq)

estar en estado de buena esperanza — (euf or hum) to be expecting a happy event (euph)

quedarse en estado — (euf) to get pregnant

- estado civil

- estado de ánimo

- estado de cuenta

- estado de emergencia or excepción/de guerra/de sitio

- estado de gracia

- estado sólido

2) (nación, gobierno) state

la seguridad del Estado — national o state security

un asunto de estado — a state matter

el Estado — the State

•

- estado benefactor or de bienestar

- estado ciudad

- estado de derecho

- Estado Mayor

* * *

estado¹

¹ = state, commonwealth.

Ex: WLN (Western Library Network) is composed of libraries in the states of Washington and Alaska in the United states, and is expanding to cover other states and libraries in Canada.

Ex: The article is entitled 'Academic libraries: `towards commonwealth and coalitions'.

* abogado del estado, abogado de la corona = Queen's Counsel (QC).

* al norte del estado = upstate.

* capital del estado = nation-state capital, state capital.

* Capitolio del Estado = State Capitol.

* condición de estado = statehood.

* controlado por el estado = state-controlled.

* Denominación de Productos para las Estadísticas del Comercio Externo de la C = Nomenclature of Goods for the External Trade Statistics of the Community and Statistics of Trade between Member States (NIMEXE).

* de varios estados = multi-state [multistate].

* empleado del estado = state employee.

* en el norte del estado = upstate.

* en todo el estado = statewide [state-wide].

* estado árabe = Arab state.

* estado de derecho = rule of law.

* estado de hecho = rule of men.

* estado del bienestar = welfare state.

* estado isleño = island nation.

* estado laico = secular state.

* estado miembro = member government, member state.

* estado nacional = nation state, national state.

* estado niñera = nanny state.

* estado paternalista = nanny state.

* estados bálticos, los = Baltic States, the.

* estado soberano = sovereign state.

* Estados Unidos continental = continental United States, the.

* Estados Unidos de América, los (EE.UU., los) = USA, the (United States of America, the).

* Estados Unidos, los = US, US, the [U.S.], United States, the.

* financiado por el estado = state-supported, state-funded.

* golpe de estado = coup d'etat, putsch.

* Guerra entre España y los Estados Unidos, la = Spanish-American War, the.

* hombre de estado = statesman [statesmen, -pl.].

* intento de golpe de estado = attempted coup, coup attempt.

* jefe de estado = head of state, chief of state.

* jefe del estado mayor = Chief of Staff.

* localizado en los Estados Unidos = US-based.

* nación sin estado = stateless nation.

* objeto de delito contra el estado = impeachable.

* papá estado = nanny state.

* poder del estado = state power.

* propiedad del estado = state property.

* región central de los Estados Unidos, la = American midwest, the.

* regulado por el estado = state-regulated.

* secretario de Estado = Secretary of State.

* Secretario de Estado, el = State Secretary, the.

* secreto de estado = state secret.

* supervisado por el estado = state-regulated.

* tentativa de golpe de estado = attempted coup, coup attempt.

* visita de estado = state visit.

* zona de los tres estados = tristate area.

estado²

² = stage, state, status, condition.

Ex: The first stage in the choice of access points must be the definition of an author.

Ex: Before she could respond and follow up with a question about her distraught state, Feng escaped to the women's room.

Ex: AACR2 assigns this main entry status to the person who is chiefly responsible for the creation of the intellectual or artistic content of a work.

Ex: He was laid upon the bed and upon examination his head was found in a terrible condition, swelled and bruised from the effect of sandbag blows.

* alternar de un estado a otro = toggle.

* base de datos en estado original = raw database.

* buen estado físico = fitness, physical fitness.

* datos en estado bruto = raw facts.

* dejar a Alguien en estado = knock + Alguien + up.

* el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].

* en buen estado = in good condition, in good working condition, in good shape, in good nick.

* en buen estado de funcionamiento = in good working condition.

* en estado = pregnant, in the family way.

* en estado de abandono = decaying, dilapidated.

* en estado de alerta = on standby, on alert.

* en estado de buena esperanza = pregnant, in the family way.

* en estado de cambio = in a state of flux.

* en estado de descomposición = decaying.

* en estado de deterioro = decaying, dilapidated.

* en estado de reserva = on standby.

* en estado de sitio = in a state of siege, under siege.

* en estado embrionario = embryo, embryonic, in embryonic stage, in embryo, in the embryo stage.

* en excelente estado = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.

* en mal estado = in bad condition, in poor condition, in bad shape, in poor shape, in bad nick.

* en perfecto estado = intact, in mint condition, in immaculate condition.

* en su estado embrionario = in its embryonic stage.

* en su estado natural = in the wild.

* en tado de deterioro = dilapidated.

* en un estado embrionario = in an embryonic stage.

* estado actual = current state, present state.

* estado anímico = state, mood.

* estado civil = marital status.

* estado de abandono = state of neglect.

* estado de alerta = state of alert.

* estado de amenaza terrorista = terror alert.

* estado de ánimo = mood, state of mind, frame of mind, humour [humor, -USA].

* estado de cambio = state of flux.

* estado de confusión = state of confusion.

* estado de emergencia = state of emergency.

* estado de excepción = state of emergency, state of exception.

* estado de inactividad = state of dormancy.

* estado de la circulación = traffic conditions.

* estado de la cuestión = state of the art.

* estado del arte = state of the art.

* estado de las artes = state of the arts.

* estado de las carreteras = traffic report, road conditions.

* estado del ordenador en fuera de línea = offlineness.

* estado del ordenador en línea = onlineness.

* estado del tiempo = weather conditions.

* estado de salud = state of health.

* estado de trance = state of trance.

* estado de una situación = state of being.

* estado de vigilia = wakefulness.

* estado físico = physical condition, physical shape, physical state.

* estado híbrido = hybridity.

* estado incompleto = incompleteness.

* estado latente = latency, state of dormancy.

* estado líquido = molten state.

* estado molecular = molecular state.

* estado natural = natural state.

* estado sólido = solid state.

* estado vegetativo = vegetative state.

* estado vegetativo persistente = persistent vegetative state.

* estar en estado = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar en estado de buena esperanza = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar en estado de cambio = be in flux.

* estudio crítico del estado de la cuestión = review.

* estudio del estado de la cuestión = survey.

* física del estado sólido = solid state physics.

* información en su estado primario = raw information.

* informe del estado de la cuestión = state of the art report, state of the art review.

* informe sobre el estado de la nación = state of the nation report.

* informe sobre el estado general de las carreteras = road report.

* mal estado = disrepair, state of disrepair.

* mal estado de salud = poor health.

* mantenerse en buen estado físico = keep + fit.

* mujer en estado = pregnant woman.

* perfecto estado = intactness.

* poner en estado de alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.

* que conserva su estado natural = unspoilt [unspoiled, -USA].

* quedarse en estado = become + pregnant, be up the spout.

* sin información sobre el estado anterior = stateless.

* volver Algo a su estado anterior = put + Nombre + back on track.

* * *

estado

masculine

A

1 (situación, condición) state

el debate sobre el estado de la nación the debate on the state of the nation

la casa está en buen estado the house is in good condition

las carreteras están en muy mal estado the roads are in very poor condition o in a very bad state

la carne estaba en mal estado the meat was bad o ( BrE) off

en avanzado estado de descomposición ( frml); in an advanced state of decomposition

en estado de embriaguez ( frml); under the influence of alcohol

tomar estado público ( RPl frml); to become public (knowledge)

2 ( Med) condition

su estado general es satisfactorio ( frml); his general condition is satisfactory

en avanzado estado de gestación ( frml); in an advanced state of pregnancy ( frml), seven ( o eight etc) months pregnant

no debería fumar en su estado she shouldn't smoke in her condition

estar en estado ( euf); to be expecting ( colloq)

estar en estado de buena esperanza ( hum); to be expecting a happy event ( euph)

estar en estado interesante ( hum); to be expecting ( colloq)

quedarse en estado ( euf); to get pregnant

Compuestos:

● estado civil

marital status

● estado de alerta

state of alert

● estado de ánimo

state of mind

● estado de coma

coma

estaba en estado de coma she was in a coma

● estado de cuenta

bank statement, statement of account

● estado de emergencia or excepción

state of emergency

● estado de gracia

state of grace

● estado de guerra

state of war

● estado del tiempo

weather conditions

● estado de máxima alerta

state of maximum alert

● estado de máxima seguridad

state of maximum security

● estado de sitio

state of siege

● estado financiero

financial statement

● estado sólido

solid state

B

1 (nación) state

la seguridad del Estado national o state security

2 (gobierno) state

un asunto de estado a state matter

el Estado the State

3 ( Hist) (estamento) estate

el primer/segundo/tercer estado the first/second/third estate

Compuestos:

● estado benefactor

welfare state

● estado ciudad

city-state

● estado de bienestar

welfare state

● estado de derecho

constitutional democracy with guaranteed rule of law

● estado llano

el estado llano the commonalty, the commons (pl)

● Estado Mayor

( Mil) general staff

● estado policía

police state

● estado soberano

sovereign state

● estado tapón

buffer state

● estado villano

( Pol); rogue state

* * *

Del verbo estar: ( conjugate estar)

estado es:

el participio

Multiple Entries:
estado
estar
estado sustantivo masculino
1
a) ( en general) state;

◊ estado de ánimo state of mind;

estado de cuenta bank statement;
estado de emergencia or excepción state of emergency;
la casa está en buen estado the house is in good condition
b) (Med) condition;

◊ estar en estado (euf) to be expecting (colloq);

quedarse en estado (euf) to get pregnant
c)

◊ estado civil marital status

2 (nación, gobierno) state;
◊ la seguridad del Eestado national o state security;

estado de bienestar welfare state
estar 1 ( conjugate estar) cópula
1
a) ( seguido de adjetivos)

◊ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1 to be;

estás más gordo you've put on weight;
estoy cansada I'm tired;
está muy simpático conmigo he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently);
¡todo está tan caro! things are o have become so expensive!
b) ( con

◊ bien, mal, mejor, peor): están todos bien, gracias they're all fine, thanks;

¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!;
está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him;
ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor
2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;
◊ está casada con un primo mío she's married to a cousin of mine

3 ( seguido de participios)
◊ estado sentado to be sitting;

estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other;
ver tb v aux 2
4 ( seguido de preposición) to be;
(para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente);
◊ estoy a régimen I'm on a diet;

¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?;
está con el sarampión she has (the) measles;
estoy de cocinera I'm doing the cooking;
estamos sin electricidad the electricity is off at the moment;
está sin pintar it hasn't been painted yet
verbo intransitivo
1 ( en un lugar) to be;
◊ ¿dónde está Chiapas? where's Chiapas?;

está a 20 kilómetros de aquí it's 20 kilometers from here;
¿sabes dónde está Pedro? do you know where Pedro is?;
¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?;
solo estadoé unos días I'll only be staying a few days;
¿cuánto tiempo estadoás en Londres? how long are you going to be in London (for)?
2 ( en el tiempo):
◊ ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?;

¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today?;
estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May;
estamos en primavera it's spring
3
a) (tener como función, cometido):

◊ para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for;

estamos para ayudarlos we're here to help them
b) ( radicar) to lie;

◊ en eso está el problema that's where the problem lies

4 (estar listo, terminado):
◊ la carne todavía no está the meat's not ready yet;

lo atas con un nudo y ya está you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are;
enseguida estoy I'll be right with you
5 (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl):
◊ te está pequeña it's too small for you;

la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better
estado v aux
1 ( con gerundio):
◊ está lloviendo it's raining;

estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible
2 ( con participio):
◊ ese asiento está ocupado that seat is taken;

ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now;
ver tb estar cópula 3
estarse verbo pronominal ( enf) ( permanecer) to stay;
◊ ¿no te puedes estado quieto? can't you stay o keep still?;

estese tranquilo don't worry
estar 2 sustantivo masculino (esp AmL) living room
estado sustantivo masculino
1 Pol state
estado de bienestar, welfare state
2 (circunstancia, situación) state, condition: este abrigo está en un estado lamentable, this coat is in a terrible state
no puedes conducir en ese estado, you can't drive in that condition
estado de ánimo/ excepción/guerra/sitio, state of mind/emergency/ war/siege
estado civil, marital status
Mil Estado Mayor, staff
♦ Locuciones: estar en estado (de buena esperanza), to be expecting
abogado del Estado, legal representative of the State
razón de Estado, reason of State
estar verbo intransitivo
1 (existir, hallarse) to be: está al norte, it is to the north
¿estarás en casa?, will you be at home?
no está en ningún lado, it isn't anywhere
estamos aquí para servirle, we are at your service
su pedido aún no está, your order isn't ready yet
2 (permanecer) to stay: estos días estoy en casa de mis padres, these days I'm staying at my parents' place
estoy en la oficina de ocho a dos, I'm at the office from eight to two
quiero que estés aquí un minuto, ahora vuelvo, stay here, I'll be right back
3 (tener una situación actual determinada: con adjetivo o participio) estaba blanco como la cera, he had turned as white as a sheet
está dormido, he's asleep
está teñida de rubio, her hair's dyed blonde
(con gerundio) está estudiando, he is studying
estaba preparando la comida, I was cooking
(con adverbio) estoy tan lejos, I'm so far away
está muy mal, (enfermo) he is very ill
4 (quedar, sentar) el jersey me está pequeño, the sweater is too small for me
5 (para indicar precio, grados, fecha) (+ a: fecha) to be: ¿a qué día estamos?, what's the date?
estamos a 1 de Julio, it is the first of July
(: precio) to be at: ¿a cómo/cuánto están las manzanas?, how much are the apples?
están a setenta pesetas el kilo, they're seventy pesetas a kilo
(: grados) en Madrid estamos a cuarenta grados, it's forty degrees in Madrid
♦ Locuciones: ¿estamos?, agreed?
estar a disposición de, to be at the disposal of
estar a la que salta, to be ready to take advantage of an opportunity
estar a las duras y a las maduras, to take the bad with the good
estar al caer, to be just round the corner
estar en baja, to be waning
estar en todo, to be on top of everything
estaría bueno, whatever next
ESTAR CON: (de acuerdo con) estoy con María, I agree with Mary
ESTAR DE: estoy de broma, I'm joking
está de camarero, he's working as a waiter
estaba de Dios que las cosas sucedieran así, it was God's will that things turned out this way, está de vacaciones, he's on holiday
me voy a marchar porque está claro que aquí estoy de más, I'm going to go because it's obvious that I'm in the way
ESTAR ENCIMA: su madre siempre está encima de él, his mother is always on top of him
ESTAR PARA: no estamos para bromas, we are in no mood for jokes
esa ropa está para planchar, these clothes are ready to be ironed
cuando estaba para salir, me llamaron, when I was just about to leave, they called me
ESTAR POR: la casa está por construir, the house has still to be built
estuve por decirle lo que pensaba, I was tempted to tell him what I thought
estoy por la igualdad de derechos, I'm for equal rights
ESTAR QUE: está que no puede con su alma, he is exhausted
familiar está que trina, he's hopping mad
ESTAR TRAS: está tras el ascenso, he is after promotion
estoy tras una blusa blanca, I'm looking for a white blouse
El uso del verbo to stay como traducción de estar en un lugar es incorrecto, a menos que quieras expresar lo contrario de irse o marcharse (no me voy a la playa, estaré en casa todo el verano, I'm not going to the beach, I'm staying at home all summer) o te refieras a alojarse: Estoy en el Palace. I'm staying at the Palace.

' estado' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abogada
- abogado
- aconfesional
- amiguete
- animada
- animado
- anímica
- anímico
- ánimo
- aparato
- atonía
- bajón
- barra
- bienestar
- BOE
- boletín
- bonanza
- bono
- bregar
- con
- condición
- coño
- dejar
- deplorable
- desocupación
- deterioro
- día
- dormitar
- estribar
- fiscal
- fragmentaria
- fragmentario
- ir
- golpe
- gravedad
- hombre
- jefa
- jefatura
- jefe
- lamentable
- licitar
- mentar
- mira
- notar
- penosa
- penoso
- permanecer
- permanencia
- primitiva
- primitivo
English:
abject
- absent
- act up
- agitation
- almost
- Attorney General
- bad
- bad-tempered
- be
- blissful
- budget
- canvass
- chancellor
- check up on
- club
- combine
- comfortable
- condition
- conscious
- consciousness
- coup
- crown
- decaying
- deliberate
- delusion
- denunciation
- disease
- disheveled
- dishevelled
- disrepair
- doldrums
- ever
- evident
- fall
- fitness
- fixture
- frame of mind
- gilt-edged
- he's
- head
- herself
- himself
- incompleteness
- intermittent
- intoxicated
- limbo
- maintain
- marital status
- marriage
- mind

* * *

estado nm

1. [situación, condición] state;

su estado es grave his condition is serious;

me lo encontré en un estado penoso I found him in a pitiful state;

el estado de su cuenta arroja un saldo positivo your account is in credit;

estar en buen/mal estado [vehículo, terreno, edificio] to be in good/bad condition;
[alimento, bebida] to be fresh/Br off o US spoiled;
la moqueta se halla en muy mal estado the carpet is in very bad condition;

en estado de alerta on (the) alert;

en estado de guerra at war;

Comp

estar en estado (de buena esperanza) to be expecting, to be in the family way;

quedarse en estado to become pregnant;

Comp

estar en estado de merecer to be marriageable

Comp
estado de ánimo state of mind, mood;
estado de bienestar welfare state;

estado civil marital status;

estado de coma: [m5] en estado de coma in a coma;

estado de cuentas statement of accounts;

estado de emergencia state of emergency;

estado de equilibrio state of equilibrium;

estado estacionario [de enfermo] stable condition;

estado de excepción state of emergency;

estado de gracia [de santo] state of grace;

estar en estado de gracia [deportista] to be on excellent form;

estado de reposo: [m5] en estado de reposo at rest;

estado de salud (state of) health;

estado de sitio state of siege;

estado vegetativo vegetative state;

estado vegetativo permanente persistent vegetative state

2. Fís state;

un cuerpo en estado sólido/líquido/gaseoso a body in a solid/liquid/gaseous state

Comp
estado cristalino crystalline state
3. [gobierno] state;

temas de estado affairs of state;

un hombre de estado a statesman;

el Estado [el gobierno, la administración] the State;

asuntos que atañen a la seguridad del Estado matters relating to state security;

el Estado de las Autonomías = the organization of the Spanish state into autonomous regions with varying degrees of devolved power

4. [país, división territorial] state;

un estado independiente an independent state;

un estado de derecho a state which is subject to the rule of law

Comp
estado policial police state;
Estados Unidos (de América) United States (of America);

Estados Unidos Mexicanos United Mexican States

5. Mil Estado Mayor general staff

6. Hist [estamento] estate

Comp
Hist los Estados Generales the Estates General;
el estado llano the third estate, the common people

* * *

estado

m

1 state

2 MED condition;

en buen/mal estado in good/bad condition

3

:

el Estado the State

* * *

estado nm

1) : state

2) : status

estado civil: marital status

3) condición: condition

* * *

estado n

1. (en general) state

una empresa controlada por el estado a state controlled company

tu estado de salud your state of health

2. (condición) condition

está en mal estado it's in bad condition

estar en estado to be expecting

estado civil marital status

los Estados Unidos the United States

Spanish-English dictionary > estado
13 line

I 1. noun
1) ((a piece of) thread, cord, rope etc: She hung the washing on the line; a fishing-rod and line.) vrv

2) (a long, narrow mark, streak or stripe: She drew straight lines across the page; a dotted/wavy line.) črta

3) (outline or shape especially relating to length or direction: The ship had very graceful lines; A dancer uses a mirror to improve his line.) linija

4) (a groove on the skin; a wrinkle.) guba

5) (a row or group of objects or persons arranged side by side or one behind the other: The children stood in a line; a line of trees.) vrsta

6) (a short letter: I'll drop him a line.) kratko sporočilo

7) (a series or group of persons which come one after the other especially in the same family: a line of kings.) rod

8) (a track or direction: He pointed out the line of the new road; a new line of research.) smer

9) (the railway or a single track of the railway: Passengers must cross the line by the bridge only.) tir

10) (a continuous system (especially of pipes, electrical or telephone cables etc) connecting one place with another: a pipeline; a line of communication; All (telephone) lines are engaged.) cevovod, omrežje

11) (a row of written or printed words: The letter contained only three lines; a poem of sixteen lines.) vrstica

12) (a regular service of ships, aircraft etc: a shipping line.) linija

13) (a group or class (of goods for sale) or a field of activity, interest etc: This has been a very popular new line; Computers are not really my line.) vrsta izdelkov; področje

14) (an arrangement of troops, especially when ready to fight: fighting in the front line.) bojna vrsta
2. verb
1) (to form lines along: Crowds lined the pavement to see the Queen.) postaviti se v vrsto

2) (to mark with lines.) začrtati

•

- lineage
- linear
- lined

- liner

- lines
- linesman
- hard lines!
- in line for
- in
- out of line with
- line up
- read between the lines II verb
1) (to cover on the inside: She lined the box with newspaper.) obložiti

2) (to put a lining in: She lined the dress with silk.) podložiti

•

- lined

- liner

- lining

* * *
I [lain]
noun

črta, linija, poteza; guba, brazda (na obrazu, roki); mathematics črta (zlasti premica); geography ekvator, poldnevnik, vzporednik; smer, pot (avtobusna, železniška) proga, tir; plural obris, kontura, oblika; plural načrt (ladje), osnutek, plan; plural načela, smernice, navodila; način, metoda, postopek; meja, mejna črta (tudi figuratively); vrsta, niz, rep (ljudi); soglasje; rod, veja, koleno, pokolenje; printing vrstica; kratko sporočilo, kratko pismo; stih, pesmica (upon s.th. to s.o.); plural British English latinski stihi, ki jih mora dijak prepisati za kazen, kazenska pismena naloga; plural theatre tekst vloge, vloga; plural colloquially poročni list; colloquially poročilo, pojasnilo; plural usoda; stroka, področje, panoga; telefonska, telegrafska linija; technical vod; economy sortiment, blago, predmet, plural serijsko blago; military (bojna) linija, vrsta, fronta, frontne čete, šotori ali barake v taboru; vrv, konopec; žica, kabel

the Line — ekvator

line of sight — kamor seže pogled

line of vision — horizont, obzorje; military vizirna črta

hung on the line — (slika) obešena v višini oči

figuratively all along the line — ali down the line — na celi črti

the line of least resistance — linija najmanjšega odpora

on the dotted line — v vrsti, ki je namenjena za podpis

on the line — na meji, politics na liniji

line of fate (fortune, heart, life) — črta usode (sreče, srca, življenja) na roki

to stand in line — stati v repu (vrsti)

British English up (down) line — (vlak) v (iz) London(a)

the Southern line — južna železnica

bus line — avtobusna proga

double line — dvotirna proga

single line — enotirna proga

main ( —ali trunk) — glavna proga

branch line — stranska proga

on the lines laid down by the chairman — po smernicah, ki jih je postavil predsedujoči

along these lines — po teh navodilih, smernicah

along general lines — po splošnih smernicah

line of argument — dokazni postopek

to take ( —ali keep to) one's own line — ukrepati po svoje, držati se svoje poti

to take a strong line — (with s.o.) biti čvrst, neomajen (do koga), vztrajati

to take the line that — zavzeti stališče, da; biti mišljenja, da

dont' take that line with me — z menoj ne ravnaj tako

lines of responsibility — pristojnosti

to take the line — postaviti se na stališče

in line of duty — pri opravljanju dolžnosti

out of line — iz črte, ne na črti; figuratively nesoglasen, nezdružljiv; iz ravnotežja

that's s.th. out of ( —ali not in) my line — to mi ne leži, ne spada v mojo stroko

to come ( —ali get, fall) into line — ( with) prilagoditi se (komu, čemu), ravnati se po

to overstep the line of good taste — prekoračiti mejo dobrega okusa

to draw the line — (at) povleči mejo (pri)

I draw the line at that — to se pri meni neha

to toe the line — spoštovati predpise; politics biti na liniji

to give s.o. line enough — popustiti uzde, pustiti komu proste roke

to go over the line — prekoračiti mejo, mero

in line — with skladno z

American figuratively to be in line for — pričakovati (službo), upati na

to be in line with — soglašati s, z

to bring s.o. into line — ( with) spraviti v sklad s, z

politics pridobiti koga k sodelovanju; American colloquially to go down the line for — zavezati se za kaj (na celi črti)

the male line — moški potomci

in the direct line — neposredni potomci

to read between the lines — brati med vrsticami

to drop s.o. a line — napisati komu par vrstic

to get a line on — dobiti poročilo o čem

theatre to study one's lines — učiti se vloge

marriage lines — poročni list

colloquially hard lines — težka usoda, "smola", nesreča

the line is engaged ( —ali busy) — telefonska linija je zasedena

to hold the line — ostati pri telefonu

American party line — dvojček (telefon)

on strictly commercial lines — na čisto komercialni bazi

economy line of goods — vrsta blaga, naročilo zanj

military line of fire — strelska bojna vrsta

military behind the enemy's lines — za sovražnikovimi vrstami

military line of battle — frontna linija

military line of defence — obrambna linija

military to go up the line — iti v frontno linijo

military to draw up in line — ali to form (wheel into) line — stopiti v vrsto

military the line — regularne čete

nautical line abreast — bojna linija vzporedno postavljenih ladij

nautical ship of the line — linijska ladja

physics line of force — magnetna silnica

in the line of — glede na

somewhere along the line — ob neki priliki, v gotovem trenutku

figuratively to keep to one's line — iti premočrtno

figuratively by (rule and) line — natančno, precizno

to get off the line — iztiriti

hook, line, and sinker — popoln(oma)

to have s.o. on a line — pustiti koga v negotovosti
II [lain]
1.

transitive verb

črtati, načrtati; začrtati, skicirati, zarisati, orisati; zbrazdati, zgubati (obraz); obrobi.ti, nasaditi (drevje); postaviti v vrste;

2.

intransitive verb

postaviti se v vrste, postrojiti se
III [lain]
transitive verb

podložiti (obleko)

technical (na notranji strani) prevleči, obložiti, opažiti, podložiti, zaliti; biti za podlogo; oblepiti hrbet knjige; napolniti; slang to line one's purse ( —ali pocket) — napolniti mošnjo, obogateti

to line one's stomack — najesti se
IV [lain]
transitive verb

pariti (pse)

English-Slovenian dictionary > line
14 line

I 1.
[laɪn]noun

1) (string, cord, rope, etc.) Leine, die

[fishing-]line — [Angel]schnur, die

2) (telephone or telegraph cable) Leitung, die

our company has 20 lines — unsere Firma hat 20 Anschlüsse

get me a line to Washington — verbinden Sie mich mit Washington

bad line — schlechte Verbindung; see also academic.ru/35190/hold">hold II 1. k

3) (long mark; also Math., Phys.) Linie, die; (less precise or shorter) Strich, der; (Telev.) Zeile, die

4) in pl. (outline of car, ship, etc.) Linien Pl.

5) (boundary) Linie, die

lay something on the line [for somebody] — [jemandem] etwas rundheraus sagen

put oneself on the line — ein Risiko eingehen

6) (row) Reihe, die; (Amer.): (queue) Schlange, die

line of trees — Baumreihe, die

bring somebody into line — dafür sorgen, dass jmd. nicht aus der Reihe tanzt (ugs.)

come or fall into line — sich in die Reihe stellen; [Gruppe:] sich in einer Reihe aufstellen; (fig.) nicht mehr aus der Reihe tanzen (ugs.)

be in line [with something] — [mit etwas] in einer Linie liegen

be in line for promotion — Aussicht auf Beförderung haben

be in/out of line with something — (fig.) mit etwas in/nicht in Einklang stehen

somewhere along the line — irgendwann einmal

7) (row of words on a page) Zeile, die

lines — (actor's part) Text, der

drop me a line — schreib mir ein paar Zeilen

he gave the boy 100 lines — (Sch.) er ließ den Jungen 100 Zeilen abschreiben

8) (system of transport) Linie, die

[shipping] line — Schifffahrtslinie, die

9) (series of persons or things) Reihe, die; (generations of family) Linie, die

be third in line to the throne — dritter in der Thronfolge sein

10) (direction, course) Richtung, die

on the lines of — nach Art (+ Gen.)

on similar lines — auf ähnliche Art

be on the right/wrong lines — in die richtige/falsche Richtung gehen

along or on the same lines — in der gleichen Richtung

be on the same lines — die gleiche Richtung verfolgen

line of thought — Gedankengang, der

take a strong line with somebody — jemandem gegenüber bestimmt od. energisch auftreten

line of action — Vorgehensweise, die

11) (Railw.) Bahnlinie, die; (track) Gleis, das

the Waterloo line, the line to Waterloo — die Linie nach Waterloo

this is the end of the line [for you] — (fig.) dies ist das Aus [für dich]

12) (wrinkle) Falte, die

13) (field of activity) Branche, die; (academic) Fachrichtung, die

what's your line? — in welcher Branche sind Sie?/was ist Ihre Fachrichtung?

he's in the building line — er ist in der Baubranche

be in the line of duty/business — zu den Pflichten/zum Geschäft gehören

14) (Commerc.): (product) Artikel, der; Linie, die (fachspr.)

15) (Fashion) Linie, die

16) (Mil.): (series of defences) Linie, die

enemy lines — feindliche Stellungen od. Linien
2. transitive verb
1) (mark with lines) linieren [Papier]

a lined face — ein faltiges Gesicht

2) (stand at intervals along) säumen (geh.) [Straße, Strecke]

Phrasal Verbs:

- line up
II transitive verb
füttern [Kleidungsstück]; auskleiden [Magen, Nest]; ausschlagen [Schublade usw.]

line one's pockets — (fig.) sich (Dat.) die Taschen füllen

* * *
I 1. noun
1) ((a piece of) thread, cord, rope etc: She hung the washing on the line; a fishing-rod and line.) die Leine

2) (a long, narrow mark, streak or stripe: She drew straight lines across the page; a dotted/wavy line.) die Linie

3) (outline or shape especially relating to length or direction: The ship had very graceful lines; A dancer uses a mirror to improve his line.) die Konturen (pl.)

4) (a groove on the skin; a wrinkle.) die Falte

5) (a row or group of objects or persons arranged side by side or one behind the other: The children stood in a line; a line of trees.) die Reihe

6) (a short letter: I'll drop him a line.) einige Zeilen

7) (a series or group of persons which come one after the other especially in the same family: a line of kings.) die Abstammungslinie

8) (a track or direction: He pointed out the line of the new road; a new line of research.) die Richtung

9) (the railway or a single track of the railway: Passengers must cross the line by the bridge only.) die Eisenbahnlinie, das Gleis

10) (a continuous system (especially of pipes, electrical or telephone cables etc) connecting one place with another: a pipeline; a line of communication; All( telephone) lines are engaged.) die Leitung

11) (a row of written or printed words: The letter contained only three lines; a poem of sixteen lines.) die Zeile

12) (a regular service of ships, aircraft etc: a shipping line.) die Linie

13) (a group or class (of goods for sale) or a field of activity, interest etc: This has been a very popular new line; Computers are not really my line.) das Tätigkeitsfeld

14) (an arrangement of troops, especially when ready to fight: fighting in the front line.) die Linie
2. verb
1) (to form lines along: Crowds lined the pavement to see the Queen.) säumen

2) (to mark with lines.) linieren

•

- lineage
- linear
- lined

- liner

- lines
- linesman
- hard lines! - in line for
- in
- out of line with
- line up
- read between the lines II verb
1) (to cover on the inside: She lined the box with newspaper.) auskleiden

2) (to put a lining in: She lined the dress with silk.) füttern

•

- lined

- liner

- lining

* * *

line¹

[laɪn]

I. NOUN

1. (mark) Linie f

dividing \line Trennungslinie f

straight \line gerade Linie

to draw a \line eine Linie ziehen

2. SPORT Linie f

3. MATH

straight \line Gerade f

4. (wrinkle) Falte f

5. (contour) Linie f

6. MUS Tonfolge f

7. (equator)

▪ the L\line die Linie, der Äquator

8. (boundary) Grenze f, Grenzlinie f

\line of credit FIN Kreditrahmen m, Kreditlinie f

tree [or timber] \line Baumgrenze f

the thin \line between love and hate der schmale Grat zwischen Liebe und Hass

to cross the \line die Grenze überschreiten fig, zu weit gehen

9. (cord) Leine f; (string) Schnur f

[clothes] \line Wäscheleine f

[fishing] \line Angelschnur f

10. TELEC [Telefon]leitung f; (connection to network) Anschluss m

\lines will be open from eight o'clock die Leitungen werden ab acht Uhr frei[geschaltet] sein

can you get me a \line to New York? können Sie mir bitte eine Verbindung nach New York geben?

the \line is engaged/busy die Leitung ist besetzt

please hold the \line! bitte bleiben Sie am Apparat!

get off the \line! geh aus der Leitung!

bad \line schlechte Verbindung

to be/stay on the \line am Apparat sein/bleiben

11. (set of tracks) Gleis nt; (specific train route) Strecke f

the end of the \line die Endstation

to be at [or reach] the end of the \line ( fig) am Ende sein fam

12. (transporting company)

rail \line Eisenbahnlinie f

shipping \line Schifffahrtslinie f; (company) Reederei f

13. (row of words, also in poem) Zeile f

to drop sb a \line jdm ein paar Zeilen schreiben

to read between the \lines ( fig) zwischen den Zeilen lesen

14. (for actor)

▪ \lines pl Text m

to forget/learn one's \lines seinen Text lernen/vergessen

15. (information) Hinweis m

to get a \line on sb/sth etwas über jdn/etw herausfinden

to give sb a \line about sth jdm einen Hinweis auf etw akk geben

to give sb a \line on sb jdm Informationen über jdn besorgen

16. (false account, talk)

he keeps giving me that \line about his computer not working properly er kommt mir immer wieder mit dem Spruch, dass sein Computer nicht richtig funktioniere

I've heard that \line before die Platte kenne ich schon in- und auswendig! fam

17. BRIT (punishment)

▪ \lines pl Strafarbeit f

she got 100 \lines for swearing at her teacher da sie ihren Lehrer beschimpft hatte, musste sie zur Strafe 100 mal... schreiben

18. (row) Reihe f

to be first in \line an erster Stelle stehen; ( fig) ganz vorne dabei sein

to be next in \line als Nächster/Nächste dran sein

to be in a \line in einer Reihe stehen

the cans on the shelf were in a \line die Büchsen waren im Regal aufgereiht

to be in \line for sth mit etw dat an der Reihe sein

to come [or fall] into \line sich akk in einer Reihe aufstellen; single person sich akk einreihen

to form a \line sich akk in einer Reihe aufstellen

to get into \line sich akk hintereinander aufstellen; (next to each other) sich akk in einer Reihe aufstellen

to move into \line sich akk einreihen

in \line with (level with) auf der gleichen Höhe wie

in \line with demand bedarfsgerecht, bedarfsadäquat

in \line with maturity FIN laufzeitbezogen, laufzeitabhängig

in \line with requirements bedürfnisorientiert

in \line with the market marktnah, marktgerecht, marktkonform

to be in \line with sth (similar to) mit etw dat übereinstimmen

the salaries of temporary employees were brought into \line with those of permanent staff die Gehälter Teilzeitbeschäftigter wurden an die der Vollzeitbeschäftigten angeglichen

19. (succession) Linie f

I want to have children to prevent the family \line dying out ich möchte Kinder, damit die Familie nicht ausstirbt

this institute has had a long \line of prestigious physicists working here dieses Institut kann auf eine lange Tradition angesehener Physiker zurückblicken

he is the latest in a long \line of Nobel Prize winners to come from that country er ist der jüngste einer ganzen Reihe von Nobelpreisträgern aus diesem Land

20. esp AM (queue) Schlange f

to get in \line sich akk anstellen

to stand in \line anstehen

21. (product type) Sortiment nt; FASHION Kollektion f

they are thinking about a new \line of vehicles sie denken über eine neue Kraftfahrzeugserie nach; BRIT, AUS

they do an excellent \line in TVs and videos sie stellen erstklassige Fernseher und Videogeräte her

spring/summer/fall/winter \line Frühjahrs-/Sommer-/Herbst-/Winterkollektion f

to have a good \line in [or AM of] sth ( fig) einen großen Vorrat an etw dat haben

22. (area of activity) Gebiet nt

football's never really been my \line mit Fußball konnte ich noch nie besonders viel anfangen

what's your \line? was machen Sie beruflich?

\line of business Branche f

\line of research Forschungsgebiet nt

\line of work Arbeitsgebiet nt

to be in sb's \line jdm liegen

23. (course)

\line of argument Argumentation f

to be in the \line of duty zu jds Pflichten gehören

\line of reasoning Gedankengang m

to take a strong \line with sb jdm gegenüber sehr bestimmt auftreten

to take a strong \line with sth gegen etw akk energisch vorgehen

they did not reveal their \line of inquiry sie teilten nicht mit, in welcher Richtung sie ermittelten

what \line shall we take? wie sollen wir vorgehen?

24. (direction)

▪ along the \lines of...:

she said something along the \lines that he would lose his job if he didn't work harder sie sagte irgendetwas in der Richtung davon, dass er seine Stelle verlieren würde, wenn er nicht härter arbeiten würde

my sister works in publishing and I'm hoping to do something along the same \lines meine Schwester arbeitet im Verlagswesen und ich würde gerne etwas Ähnliches tun

to try a new \line of approach to sth versuchen, etw anders anzugehen

the \line of least resistence der Weg des geringsten Widerstandes

\line of vision Blickrichtung f

to be on the right \lines auf dem richtigen Weg sein

do you think his approach to the problem is on the right \lines? glauben Sie, dass er das Problem richtig angeht?

25. (policy) Linie f

party \line Parteilinie f

to bring sb/sth into \line [with sth] jdn/etw auf gleiche Linie [wie etw akk] bringen

to fall into \line with sth mit etw dat konform gehen

to keep sb in \line dafür sorgen, dass jd nicht aus der Reihe tanzt

to move into \line sich akk anpassen

to step out of \line aus der Reihe tanzen

26. MIL (of defence) Linie f

\line of battle Kampflinie f

behind enemy \lines hinter den feindlichen Stellungen

front \line Front f

27. (quantity of cocaine) Linie f fam

to do a \line of coke, to do \lines koksen fam

28. STOCKEX Aktienpaket nt

29.

▶ all along the \line auf der ganzen Linie

▶ to bring sb into \line jdn in seine Schranken weisen

▶ in/out of \line with sb/sth mit jdm/etw im/nicht im Einklang

▶ to lay it on the \line die Karten offen auf den Tisch legen

▶ to be on the \line auf dem Spiel stehen

▶ to put sth on the \line etw aufs Spiel setzen

▶ right down the \line esp AM voll und ganz

▶ it was stepping out of \line to tell him that es stand dir nicht zu, ihm das zu sagen

II. TRANSITIVE VERB

1. (mark)

▪ to \line sth paper etw linieren

her face was \lined with agony ihr Gesicht war von tiefem Schmerz gezeichnet

2. (stand at intervals)

to \line the streets die Straßen säumen geh

the streets were \lined with cheering people jubelnde Menschenmengen säumten die Straßen

line²

[laɪn]

vt

1. (cover)

▪ to \line sth clothing etw füttern; drawers etw von innen auslegen; pipes etw auskleiden

2. ( fam: fill)

to \line one's pockets [or purse] [with sth] sich dat die Taschen [mit etw dat] füllen

to \line shelves Regale füllen

to \line one's stomach sich dat den Magen vollschlagen fam

* * *

line¹ [laın]

A s

1. Linie f ( auch SPORT), Strich m:

down the line (Tennis) die Linie entlang, longline;

come off ( oder leave) one’s line sich von der Linie lösen (Tormann);

be rooted to the line auf der Linie kleben (Tormann); → intersection 3 c, whip A 6 b

2. a) (Hand- etc) Linie f:

line of fate Schicksalslinie

b) Falte f, Runzel f:

lines of worry Sorgenfalten

c) Zug m (im Gesicht)

3. Zeile f:

read between the lines fig zwischen den Zeilen lesen; → drop C 9

4. TV (Bild) Zeile f

5. a) Vers m

b) pl THEAT etc Rolle f, Text m: → fluff B 3

c) pl SCHULE Br Strafarbeit f, -aufgabe f

6. pl (meist als sg konstruiert) besonders Br umg Trauschein m

7. umg (on) Information f (über akk), Hinweis m (auf akk)

8. US umg

a) Platte f (Geschwätz)

b) Tour f, Masche f (Trick)

9. Linie f, Richtung f:

line of attack

a) MIL Angriffsrichtung,

b) fig Taktik f;

line of fire MIL etc Schusslinie f;

get into sb’s line of fire jemandem in die Schusslinie geraten;

line of sight

a) Blickrichtung,

b) auch line of vision Gesichtslinie, -achse f;

hung on the line in Augenhöhe aufgehängt (Bild);

he said sth along these lines er sagte etwas in dieser Richtung; → resistance 1

10. pl Grundsätze pl, Richtlinie(n) f(pl):

the lines of his policy die Grundlinien seiner Politik;

on ( oder along) the lines of nach dem Prinzip (gen);

I would like to have sth on ( oder along) the lines of what you have ich möchte etwas von der Art wie Sie haben;

along these lines

a) nach diesen Grundsätzen,

b) folgendermaßen;

along general lines ganz allgemein, in großen Zügen;

along similar lines ähnlich;

it is out of line for sb to do sth es entspricht nicht jemandes Art, etwas zu tun

11. Art f und Weise f, Methode f, Verfahren n:

line of approach (to) Art und Weise (etwas) anzupacken, Methode;

line of argument (Art der) Beweisführung f;

line of reasoning Denkweise;

line of thought

a) Auffassung f,

b) Gedankengang m;

take a strong line energisch auftreten oder werden ( with sb gegenüber jemandem);

take a tougher line toward(s) härter vorgehen gegen, eine härtere Gangart einschlagen gegenüber;

take the line that … den Standpunkt vertreten, dass …;

don’t take that line with me! komm mir ja nicht so!;

in the line of nach Art von (od gen);

on strictly commercial lines auf streng geschäftlicher Grundlage, auf rein kommerzieller Basis; → hard line 1

12. Grenze f (auch fig), Grenzlinie f:

overstep the line of good taste über die Grenzen des guten Geschmacks hinausgehen;

there’s a very fine line between winning and losing Sieg und Niederlage liegen ganz dicht beieinander;

be on the line auf dem Spiel stehen;

your job is on the line auch es geht um deinen Job;

draw the line die Grenze ziehen, haltmachen ( beide:

at bei);

I draw the line at that da hört es bei mir auf;

go on the line US auf den Strich gehen umg;

lay ( oder put) on the line sein Leben, seinen Ruf etc aufs Spiel setzen;

lay it on the line that … in aller Deutlichkeit sagen, dass …;

I’ll lay it on the line for you! umg das kann ich Ihnen genau sagen!;

lines of responsibility Zuständigkeiten; → demarcation

13. pl

a) Linien(führung) pl(f), Konturen pl, Form f

b) Entwurf m

c) TECH Riss m

14. a) Reihe f, Kette f:

a line of poplars eine Pappelreihe

b) besonders US (Menschen-, auch Auto) Schlange f:

stand in line anstehen, Schlange stehen ( beide:

for um, nach);

drive in line AUTO Kolonne fahren;

be in line for fig Aussichten haben auf (akk);

be second in line for the throne an zweiter Stelle der Thronfolge stehen

15. Reihe f, Linie f:

in line with fig in Übereinstimmung oder im Einklang mit;

be in line fig übereinstimmen ( with mit);

out of line aus der Flucht, nicht in einer Linie;

be out of line fig nicht übereinstimmen ( with mit);

bring ( oder get) into line fig

a) in Einklang bringen ( with mit),

b) auf Vordermann bringen umg;

fall into line

a) sich einordnen,

b) MIL (in Reih und Glied) antreten,

c) fig sich anschließen ( with dat);

keep sb in line fig jemanden bei der Stange halten;

step ( oder get) out of line fig aus der Reihe tanzen umg;

in line of duty in Ausübung seines Dienstes oder seiner Pflicht; → toe B 2

16. a) (Abstammungs) Linie f

b) (Ahnen- etc) Reihe f

c) ZOOL (Zucht) Stamm m

d) Familie f, Stamm m, Geschlecht n:

the male line die männliche Linie;

in the direct line in direkter Linie;

line of succession Erbfolge f

17. pl besonders Br Los n, Geschick n: → hard line 2

18. Fach n, Gebiet n, Sparte f:

line (of business) Branche f, Geschäftszweig m;

in the banking line im Bankfach oder -wesen;

that’s not in my line

a) das schlägt nicht in mein Fach,

b) das liegt mir nicht;

that’s more in my line das liegt mir schon eher

19. (Verkehrs-, Eisenbahn- etc) Linie f, Strecke f, Route f, engS. BAHN Gleis n:

the end of the line fig das (bittere) Ende;

that’s the end of the line! fig Endstation!;

he was at the end of the line fig er war am Ende

20. (Flug- etc) Gesellschaft f

21. a) besonders TEL Leitung f:

get off the line aus der Leitung gehen;

hold the line bleiben Sie am Apparat!; → busy A 6, engaged 5, hot line

b) besonders TEL Anschluss m

c) TEL Amt n:

can I have a line, please?

22. TECH (Rohr) Leitung f:

oil line Ölleitung

23. TECH (Fertigungs) Straße f: → packaging B

24. WIRTSCH

a) Sorte f, Warengattung f

b) Posten m, Partie f

c) Sortiment n

d) Artikel m oder pl, Artikelserie f

25. MIL

a) Linie f:

behind the enemy lines hinter den feindlichen Linien;

line of battle Schlacht-, Gefechtslinie;

line of communications rückwärtige Verbindungen pl;

line of defence (US defense) (departure, retreat) Verteidigungs-(Ausgangs-, Rückzugs)linie

b) Front f:

go up the line nach vorn oder an die Front gehen;

all along the line, down the line fig auf der ganzen Linie, auch voll und ganz;

go down the line for US umg sich voll einsetzen für

c) Fronttruppe(n) f(pl)

26. GEOG Längen- oder Breitenkreis m:

the Line der Äquator;

cross the Line den Äquator überqueren

27. SCHIFF Linie f:

line abreast Dwarslinie;

line ahead Kiellinie

28. a) Leine f:

hang the washing up on the line die Wäsche auf die Leine hängen

b) Schnur f

c) Seil n

29. TEL etc

a) Draht m

b) Kabel n

B v/i → line up A 1, A 2

C v/t

1. Papier linieren, liniieren

2. → line up B 1

3. zeichnen

4. skizzieren

5. das Gesicht (zer)furchen

6. (ein)säumen:

lined with trees von Bäumen (ein)gesäumt;

thousands of people lined the streets Tausende von Menschen säumten die Straßen;

soldiers lined the street Soldaten bildeten an der Straße Spalier

line² [laın] v/t

1. ein Kleid etc füttern

2. besonders TECH (auf der Innenseite) überziehen oder belegen, ausfüttern, -gießen, -kleiden, -schlagen ( alle:

with mit), Bremsen, eine Kupplung belegen

3. als Futter oder Überzug dienen für

4. (an)füllen:

line one’s pocket(s) ( oder purse) in die eigene Tasche arbeiten, sich bereichern, sich die Taschen füllen;

line one’s stomach sich den Bauch vollschlagen umg

L., l. abk

1. lake

2. law

3. league

4. left li.

5. line

* * *
I 1.
[laɪn]noun

1) (string, cord, rope, etc.) Leine, die

[fishing-]line — [Angel]schnur, die

2) (telephone or telegraph cable) Leitung, die

our company has 20 lines — unsere Firma hat 20 Anschlüsse

get me a line to Washington — verbinden Sie mich mit Washington

bad line — schlechte Verbindung; see also hold II 1. k

3) (long mark; also Math., Phys.) Linie, die; (less precise or shorter) Strich, der; (Telev.) Zeile, die

4) in pl. (outline of car, ship, etc.) Linien Pl.

5) (boundary) Linie, die

lay something on the line [for somebody] — [jemandem] etwas rundheraus sagen

put oneself on the line — ein Risiko eingehen

6) (row) Reihe, die; (Amer.): (queue) Schlange, die

line of trees — Baumreihe, die

bring somebody into line — dafür sorgen, dass jmd. nicht aus der Reihe tanzt (ugs.)

come or fall into line — sich in die Reihe stellen; [Gruppe:] sich in einer Reihe aufstellen; (fig.) nicht mehr aus der Reihe tanzen (ugs.)

be in line [with something] — [mit etwas] in einer Linie liegen

be in line for promotion — Aussicht auf Beförderung haben

be in/out of line with something — (fig.) mit etwas in/nicht in Einklang stehen

somewhere along the line — irgendwann einmal

7) (row of words on a page) Zeile, die

lines — (actor's part) Text, der

drop me a line — schreib mir ein paar Zeilen

he gave the boy 100 lines — (Sch.) er ließ den Jungen 100 Zeilen abschreiben

8) (system of transport) Linie, die

[shipping] line — Schifffahrtslinie, die

9) (series of persons or things) Reihe, die; (generations of family) Linie, die

be third in line to the throne — dritter in der Thronfolge sein

10) (direction, course) Richtung, die

on the lines of — nach Art (+ Gen.)

on similar lines — auf ähnliche Art

be on the right/wrong lines — in die richtige/falsche Richtung gehen

along or on the same lines — in der gleichen Richtung

be on the same lines — die gleiche Richtung verfolgen

line of thought — Gedankengang, der

take a strong line with somebody — jemandem gegenüber bestimmt od. energisch auftreten

line of action — Vorgehensweise, die

11) (Railw.) Bahnlinie, die; (track) Gleis, das

the Waterloo line, the line to Waterloo — die Linie nach Waterloo

this is the end of the line [for you] — (fig.) dies ist das Aus [für dich]

12) (wrinkle) Falte, die

13) (field of activity) Branche, die; (academic) Fachrichtung, die

what's your line? — in welcher Branche sind Sie?/was ist Ihre Fachrichtung?

he's in the building line — er ist in der Baubranche

be in the line of duty/business — zu den Pflichten/zum Geschäft gehören

14) (Commerc.): (product) Artikel, der; Linie, die (fachspr.)

15) (Fashion) Linie, die

16) (Mil.): (series of defences) Linie, die

enemy lines — feindliche Stellungen od. Linien
2. transitive verb
1) (mark with lines) linieren [Papier]

a lined face — ein faltiges Gesicht

2) (stand at intervals along) säumen (geh.) [Straße, Strecke]

Phrasal Verbs:

- line up
II transitive verb
füttern [Kleidungsstück]; auskleiden [Magen, Nest]; ausschlagen [Schublade usw.]

line one's pockets — (fig.) sich (Dat.) die Taschen füllen

* * *

(US) n.

Schlange -n f.

Schlange -n f.

(Menschen-, Auto (<-s>)-)

Warteschlange f. (railway) n.

Gleis -e n. n.

Branche -n f.

Furche -n f.

Kurs -e (Verkehr) m.

Leine -n f.

Linie -n f.

Reihe -n f.

Richtung -en f.

Runzel -n f.

Strecke -n f.

Strich -e m.

Vers -e m.

Zeile -n f. v.

Spalier bilden ausdr.

auskleiden v.

English-german dictionary > line
15 question

1. noun
1) Frage, die

ask somebody a question — jemandem eine Frage stellen

put a question to somebody — an jemanden eine Frage richten

don't ask so many questions! — frag nicht soviel!

ask questions — Fragen stellen

and no questions asked — ohne dass groß gefragt wird/worden ist (ugs.)

2) (doubt, objection) Zweifel, der ( about an + Dat.)

there is no question about something — es besteht kein Zweifel an etwas (Dat.)

there is no question [but] that... — es besteht kein Zweifel, dass...

accept/follow something without question — etwas kritiklos akzeptieren/befolgen

not be in question — außer [allem] Zweifel stehen

beyond all or without question — zweifellos; ohne Frage od. Zweifel

3) (problem, concern, subject) Frage, die

something/it is only a question of time — etwas/es ist [nur] eine Frage der Zeit

it is [only] a question of doing something — es geht [nur] darum, etwas zu tun

there is no question of his doing that — es kann keine Rede davon sein, dass er das tut

the question of something arises — es erhebt sich die Frage von etwas

the person/thing in question — die fragliche od. betreffende Person/Sache

something/it is out of the question — etwas/es ist ausgeschlossen; etwas/es kommt nicht infrage (ugs.)

the question is whether... — es geht darum, ob...

that is not the question — darum geht es nicht

put the question — zur Abstimmung aufrufen (to Akk.)
2. transitive verb
1) befragen; [Polizei, Gericht usw.:] vernehmen

2) (throw doubt upon, raise objections to) bezweifeln

her goodwill cannot be questioned — an ihrem guten Willen kann nicht gezweifelt werden

* * *
['kwes ən] 1. noun
1) (something which is said, written etc which asks for an answer from someone: The question is, do we really need a computer?) die Frage

2) (a problem or matter for discussion: There is the question of how much to pay him.) die Frage

3) (a single problem in a test or examination: We had to answer four questions in three hours.) die Frage

4) (criticism; doubt; discussion: He is, without question, the best man for the job.) die Frage

5) (a suggestion or possibility: There is no question of our dismissing him.) die Frage
2. verb
1) (to ask (a person) questions: I'll question him about what he was doing last night.) fragen

2) (to regard as doubtful: He questioned her right to use the money.) in Frage stellen

•

- academic.ru/59691/questionable">questionable
- questionably
- questionableness
- question mark
- question-master
- questionnaire
- in question
- out of the question
* * *

ques·tion

[ˈkwestʃən]

I. n

1. (inquiry) Frage f

don't ask so many \questions frag nicht so viel

what a \question [to ask]! was für eine Frage!

they'll do what you tell them to do and no \questions asked sie machen das, was du ihnen sagst und stellen keine dummen Fragen

[that's a] good \question! [das ist eine] gute Frage!

to put [or direct] a \question to sb jdm eine Frage stellen

to beg the \question die Frage aufwerfen

in answer to your \question um Ihre Frage zu beantworten

a direct/indirect \question LING direkte/indirekte Frage

to pop the \question jdm einen [Heirats]antrag machen

2. no pl (doubt) Zweifel m

is there any \question as to the feasibility? gibt es irgendwelche Zweifel darüber, ob das machbar ist?

there's no \question about it keine Frage

the time/place in \question LAW besagte Zeit/besagter Ort

to be beyond \question außer Zweifel stehen

to be open to \question umstritten sein

to call sth into \question etw bezweifeln

to come into \question in Zweifel gezogen [o angezweifelt] werden

without \question zweifellos

3. (matter) Frage f

it's a \question of life or death es geht um Leben und Tod

there's no \question of a general strike von einem Streik kann keine Rede sein

to raise a \question eine Frage aufwerfen

to be out of the \question nicht infrage kommen

4. SCH, UNIV (test problem) Frage f, Aufgabe f

to do a \question eine Frage [o Aufgabe] bearbeiten

5. COMPUT Frage f

II. vt

1. (ask)

▪ to \question sb about sth jdn über etw akk befragen

2. (interrogate)

▪ to \question sb [about sth] jdn [zu etw dat] verhören

3. (doubt)

▪ to \question sth etw bezweifeln [o in Zweifel ziehen]; facts, findings etw anzweifeln, an etw akk zweifeln

4. SCH (test)

to \question sb on sth jdn in etw akk prüfen

* * *
['kwestSən]
1. n

1) (GRAM ETC) Frage f (to an +acc); (PARL) (An)frage f (to an +acc)

to ask sb a question — jdm eine Frage stellen

don't ask so many questions — frag nicht so viel

they'll buy anything, no questions asked — sie kaufen alles und stellen keine dummen Fragen

what a question (to ask)! —

(that's a) good question! let me put the question another way — (das ist eine) gute Frage! ich werde die Frage anders formulieren

2) no pl (= doubt) Zweifel m, Frage f

beyond ( all) question, without question — ohne Frage, ohne (jeden) Zweifel

his honesty is beyond question —

there is no question but that he has gone (form) — es besteht kein Zweifel darüber, er ist fort

your sincerity is not in question — niemand zweifelt an Ihrer Aufrichtigkeit

to call sth into question — etw infrage or in Frage stellen

3) (= matter) Frage f

that's another question altogether — das ist etwas völlig anderes

that's not the question — darum geht es nicht

the German question — die deutsche Frage

it's simply a question of time —

it's not just a question of money — es ist nicht nur eine Geldfrage or eine Frage des Geldes

if it's only a question of whether... — wenn es nur darum geht (inf) or sich darum handelt, ob...

4) no pl

(= possibility, likelihood) there is some question of whether... —

there's no question of that happening — es steht außer Diskussion or es kann keine Rede davon sein, dass das passiert

there's no question of a strike — von einem Streik kann keine Rede sein

that's out of the question — das kommt nicht infrage or in Frage

the person/matter in question — die fragliche or infrage or in Frage stehende Person/Angelegenheit

2. vt

1) (= ask questions of) fragen (about nach); (police etc) befragen, vernehmen, verhören (about zu); (examiner) prüfen (on über +acc)

my father started questioning me about where I'd been — mein Vater fing an, mich auszufragen, wo ich gewesen war

they were questioned by the immigration authorities —

I don't like being questioned, she said — ich mag diese Verhöre nicht, sagte sie

2) (= express doubt about) bezweifeln, zweifeln an (+dat); (= dispute, challenge) infrage or in Frage stellen

they question whether it's worth it —

but I'm not questioning that! — das bezweifle or bestreite ich ja nicht

he questioned her inclusion on the committee — er äußerte Bedenken gegen ihre Aufnahme in den Ausschuss

* * *

question [ˈkwestʃən]

A s

1. Frage f ( auch LING):

beg the question die Frage offenlassen ( whether ob);

your suggestion raises the question, whether … Ihr Vorschlag wirft die Frage auf, ob …;

that’s a good question das ist eine gute Frage, das weiß ich auch nicht;

question-and-answer Frage-u.-Antwort-…; → pop¹ B 4

2. Frage f, Problem n, Thema n, (Streit)Punkt m:

questions of the day Tagesfragen;

question of fact JUR Tatfrage;

question of law JUR Rechtsfrage;

the point in question die fragliche oder vorliegende oder zur Debatte stehende Sache;

the question is es handelt sich darum ( to do zu tun);

that’s not the question darum geht es nicht;

come into question infrage kommen, wichtig werden;

there is no question of sth (of doing sth) es ist nicht die Rede von etwas (davon, dass etwas getan wird);

question! PARL zur Sache!

3. Frage f, Sache f, Angelegenheit f:

question of taste Geschmacksfrage;

only a question of time nur eine Frage der Zeit

4. Frage f, Zweifel m:

call in (to) question → B 2;

there is no question that …, it is beyond question that … es steht außer Frage, dass …;

there is no question about it daran besteht kein Zweifel;

be out of question außer Frage stehen;

that is out of the question das kommt nicht infrage

5. PARL Anfrage f:

put the question zur Abstimmung schreiten

6. JUR obs Vernehmung f, Untersuchung f:

put to the question HIST jemanden foltern

B v/t

1. jemanden (aus-, be)fragen, JUR vernehmen, -hören:

of those questioned, 27 said that … von den Befragten sagten 27, dass …

2. etwas an-, bezweifeln, in Zweifel ziehen, infrage stellen

q. abk

1. quart (Trocken- und Flüssigkeitsmaßeinheit)

2. quarter

3. quarterly

4. quasi

5. query

6. question

7. quintal (Gewichtseinheit)

qu. abk

1. quart (Maßeinheit)

2. quarter (quarterly)

3. queen

4. query

5. question

* * *
1. noun
1) Frage, die

ask somebody a question — jemandem eine Frage stellen

put a question to somebody — an jemanden eine Frage richten

don't ask so many questions! — frag nicht soviel!

ask questions — Fragen stellen

and no questions asked — ohne dass groß gefragt wird/worden ist (ugs.)

2) (doubt, objection) Zweifel, der ( about an + Dat.)

there is no question about something — es besteht kein Zweifel an etwas (Dat.)

there is no question [but] that... — es besteht kein Zweifel, dass...

accept/follow something without question — etwas kritiklos akzeptieren/befolgen

not be in question — außer [allem] Zweifel stehen

beyond all or without question — zweifellos; ohne Frage od. Zweifel

3) (problem, concern, subject) Frage, die

something/it is only a question of time — etwas/es ist [nur] eine Frage der Zeit

it is [only] a question of doing something — es geht [nur] darum, etwas zu tun

there is no question of his doing that — es kann keine Rede davon sein, dass er das tut

the question of something arises — es erhebt sich die Frage von etwas

the person/thing in question — die fragliche od. betreffende Person/Sache

something/it is out of the question — etwas/es ist ausgeschlossen; etwas/es kommt nicht infrage (ugs.)

the question is whether... — es geht darum, ob...

that is not the question — darum geht es nicht

put the question — zur Abstimmung aufrufen (to Akk.)
2. transitive verb
1) befragen; [Polizei, Gericht usw.:] vernehmen

2) (throw doubt upon, raise objections to) bezweifeln

her goodwill cannot be questioned — an ihrem guten Willen kann nicht gezweifelt werden

* * *

n.

Frage -n f.

Fragestellung f. v.

ausfragen v.

bezweifeln v.

hinterfragen v.

verhören v.

English-german dictionary > question
16 to

1.
[before vowel tʊ, before consonant tə, stressed tuː] preposition

1) (in the direction of and reaching) zu; (with name of place) nach

go to work/to the theatre — zur Arbeit/ins Theater gehen

to Paris/France — nach Paris/Frankreich

go from town to town — von Stadt zu Stadt ziehen

throw the ball to me — wirf mir den Ball zu

2) (towards a condition or quality) zu

appoint somebody to a post — jemanden auf einen Posten berufen

3) (as far as) bis zu

from London to Edinburgh — von London [bis] nach Edinburgh

increase from 10 % to 20 % — von 10 % auf 20 % steigen

4) (next to, facing)

with one's back to the wall — mit dem Rücken zur Wand

5) (implying comparison, ratio, etc.)

[compared] to — verglichen mit; im Vergleich zu

3 is to 4 as 6 is to 8 — 3 verhält sich zu 4 wie 6 zu 8

it's ten to one he does something — die Chancen stehen zehn zu eins, dass er etwas tut

6) introducing relationship or indirect object

to somebody/something — jemandem/einer Sache (Dat.)

lend/explain etc. something to somebody — jemandem etwas leihen/erklären usw.

speak to somebody — mit jemandem sprechen

relate to something — sich auf etwas (Akk.) beziehen

to me — (in my opinion) meiner Meinung nach

secretary to the Minister — Sekretär des Ministers

a room to oneself — ein eigenes Zimmer

get four apples to the pound — vier Äpfel je Pfund bekommen

that's all there is to it — mehr ist dazu nicht zu sagen

what's that to you? — was geht das dich an?

7) (until) bis

to the end — bis zum Ende

to this day — bis heute

five [minutes] to eight — fünf [Minuten] vor acht

8) with infinitive of a verb zu; expressing purpose, or after academic.ru/75540/too">too um [...] zu

want to know — wissen wollen

do something to annoy somebody — etwas tun, um jemanden zu ärgern

too young to marry — zu jung, um zu heiraten; zu jung zum Heiraten

too hot to drink — zu heiß zum Trinken

to rebel is pointless — es ist sinnlos zu rebellieren

he woke to find himself in a strange room — er erwachte und fand sich in einem fremden Zimmer wieder

to use a technical term — um einen Fachausdruck zu gebrauchen

9) as substitute for infinitive

he would have phoned but forgot to — er hätte angerufen, aber er vergaß es

she didn't want to go there, but she had to — sie wollte nicht hingehen, aber sie musste
2.
[tuː] adverb

1) (just not shut)

be to — [Tür, Fenster:] angelehnt sein

push a door to — eine Tür anlehnen

2)

to and fro — hin und her

* * *
1. [tə,tu] preposition
1) (towards; in the direction of: I cycled to the station; The book fell to the floor; I went to the concert/lecture/play.) zu, auf

2) (as far as: His story is a lie from beginning to end.) bis

3) (until: Did you stay to the end of the concert?) bis

4) (sometimes used to introduce the indirect object of a verb: He sent it to us; You're the only person I can talk to.) zu, mit

5) (used in expressing various relations: Listen to me!; Did you reply to his letter?; Where's the key to this door?; He sang to (the accompaniment of) his guitar.) zu, für

6) (into a particular state or condition: She tore the letter to pieces.) in

7) (used in expressing comparison or proportion: He's junior to me; Your skill is superior to mine; We won the match by 5 goals to 2.) gegenüber, zu

8) (showing the purpose or result of an action etc: He came quickly to my assistance; To my horror, he took a gun out of his pocket.) zu

9) ([tə] used before an infinitive eg after various verbs and adjectives, or in other constructions: I want to go!; He asked me to come; He worked hard to (= in order to) earn a lot of money; These buildings were designed to (= so as to) resist earthquakes; She opened her eyes to find him standing beside her; I arrived too late to see him.) zu, um zu

10) (used instead of a complete infinitive: He asked her to stay but she didn't want to.) zu
2. [tu:] adverb
1) (into a closed or almost closed position: He pulled/pushed the door to.) zu

2) (used in phrasal verbs and compounds: He came to (= regained consciousness).) zu sich, dran

•

- to and fro

* * *

to

[tu:, tu, tə]

I. PREPOSITION

1. (moving towards) in + akk

, nach + dat

, zu + dat

she walked over \to the window sie ging [hinüber] zum Fenster [o ans Fenster]

we're going \to town wir gehen/fahren in die Stadt

they go \to work on the bus sie fahren mit dem Bus zur Arbeit

I'm going \to a party/concert ich gehe auf eine Party/ein Konzert

she has to go \to a meeting now sie muss jetzt zu einem Meeting [gehen]

we moved \to Germany last year wir sind letztes Jahr nach Deutschland gezogen

he flew \to the US er flog in die USA

she's never been \to Mexico before sie ist noch nie [zuvor] in Mexiko gewesen

my first visit \to Africa mein erster Aufenthalt in Afrika

this is a road \to nowhere! diese Straße führt nirgendwohin!

parallel \to the x axis parallel zur x-Achse

from here \to the station von hier [bis] zum Bahnhof

on the way \to the mountains/the sea/the town centre auf dem Weg in die Berge/zum Meer/ins [o zum] Stadtzentrum

\to the north/south nördlich/südlich

twenty miles \to the north of the city zwanzig Meilen nördlich der Stadt

the suburbs are \to the west of the city die Vororte liegen im Westen der Stadt

from place \to place von Ort zu Ort

\to the right/left nach rechts/links

there \to the right dort rechts

he's standing \to the left of Adrian er steht links neben Adrian

2. (attending regularly) zu + dat

, in + dat

she goes \to kindergarten sie geht in den Kindergarten

he goes \to university er geht auf die Universität

do you go \to church? gehst du in die Kirche?

I go \to the gym twice a week ich gehe zweimal wöchentlich zum Fitness

3. (inviting to) zu + dat

an invitation \to a wedding eine Einladung zu einer Hochzeit

I've asked them \to dinner ich habe sie zum Essen eingeladen

she took me out \to lunch yesterday sie hat mich gestern zum Mittagessen ausgeführt [o eingeladen

4. (in direction of) auf + akk

she pointed \to a distant spot on the horizon sie zeigte auf einen fernen Punkt am Horizont

to have one's back \to sth/sb etw/jdm den Rücken zudrehen

back \to front verkehrt herum

5. (in contact with) an + dat

they were dancing cheek \to cheek sie tanzten Wange an Wange

she put her hand \to his breast sie legte die Hand auf seine Brust

she clasped the letter \to her bosom sie drückte den Brief an ihre Brust

6. (attached to) an + akk

tie the lead \to the fence mach die Leine am Zaun fest

they fixed the bookshelves \to the wall sie brachten die Bücherregale an der Wand an

stick the ads \to some paper klebe die Anzeigen auf ein Blatt Papier

7. (with indirect object)

▪ \to sb/sth jdm/etw dat

I lent my bike \to my brother ich habe meinem Bruder mein Fahrrad geliehen

give that gun \to me gib mir das Gewehr

children are often cruel \to each other Kinder sind oft grausam zueinander

who's the letter addressed \to? an wen ist der Brief adressiert?

what have they done \to you? was haben sie dir [an]getan?

her knowledge proved useful \to him ihr Wissen erwies sich als hilfreich für ihn

they made a complaint \to the manager sie reichten beim Geschäftsleiter eine Beschwerde ein

a threat \to world peace eine Bedrohung des Weltfriedens [o für den Weltfrieden]

to be grateful \to sb jdm dankbar sein

to be married \to sb mit jdm verheiratet sein

to tell/show sth \to sb jdm etw erzählen/zeigen

8. (with respect to) zu + dat

and what did you say \to that? und was hast du dazu gesagt?

he finally confessed \to the crime er gestand schließlich das Verbrechen

this is essential \to our strategy dies ist ein wesentlicher Bestandteil unserer Strategie

9. (in response) auf + akk

a reference \to Psalm 22:18 ein Verweis auf Psalm 22:18

her reply \to the question ihre Antwort auf die Frage

and what was her response \to that? und wie lautete ihr Antwort darauf?

10. (belonging to) zu + dat

the keys \to his car seine Autoschlüssel

the top \to this pen die Kappe, die auf diesen Stift gehört

she has a mean side \to her sie kann auch sehr gemein sein

there is a very moral tone \to this book dieses Buch hat einen sehr moralischen Unterton

there's a funny side \to everything alles hat auch seine komische Seite

11. (compared to) mit + dat

I prefer beef \to seafood ich ziehe Rindfleisch Meeresfrüchten vor

she looked about thirty \to his sixty neben ihm mit seinen sechzig Jahren wirkte sie wie dreißig

to be comparable \to sth mit etw dat vergleichbar sein

[to be] nothing \to sth nichts im Vergleich zu etw dat [sein]

her wage is nothing \to what she could earn ihr Einkommen steht in keinem Vergleich zu dem, was sie verdienen könnte

to be superior \to sb jdm übergeordnet sein, höher stehen als jd

12. (in scores) zu + dat

Paul beat me by three games \to two Paul hat im Spiel drei zu zwei gegen mich gewonnen

Manchester won three \to one Manchester hat drei zu eins gewonnen

13. (until) bis + dat

, zu + dat

I read up \to page 100 ich habe bis Seite 100 gelesen

unemployment has risen \to almost 8 million die Arbeitslosigkeit ist auf fast 8 Millionen angestiegen

count \to 20 zähle bis 20

it's about fifty miles \to New York es sind [noch] etwa fünfzig Meilen bis New York

14. (expressing change of state) zu + dat

he converted \to Islam er ist zum Islam übergetreten

his expression changed from amazement \to joy sein Ausdruck wechselte von Erstaunen zu Freude

the change \to the metric system der Wechsel zum metrischen System

her promotion \to department manager ihre Beförderung zur Abteilungsleiterin

the meat was cooked \to perfection das Fleisch war bestens zubereitet

he drank himself \to death er trank sich zu Tode

she nursed me back \to health sie hat mich [wieder] gesund gepflegt

smashed \to pieces in tausend Stücke geschlagen

she was close \to tears sie war den Tränen nahe

he was thrilled \to bits er freute sich wahnsinnig

15. (to point in time) bis + dat

the shop is open \to 8.00 p.m. der Laden hat bis 20 Uhr geöffnet

we're in this \to the end wir führen dies bis zum Ende

and \to this day... und bis auf den heutigen Tag...

it's only two weeks \to your birthday! es sind nur noch zwei Wochen bis zu deinem Geburtstag!

16. (including)

▪ from... \to... von... bis...

from beginning \to end von Anfang bis Ende

from morning \to night von morgens bis abends

front \to back von vorne bis hinten, von allen Seiten

I read the document front \to back ich habe das Dokument von vorne bis hinten gelesen

he's done everything from snowboarding \to windsurfing er hat von Snowboarden bis Windsurfen alles [mal] gemacht

from simple theft \to cold-blooded murder vom einfachen Diebstahl bis zum kaltblütigen Mord

17. BRIT (in clock times) vor, bis SÜDD

it's twenty \to six es ist zwanzig vor sechs

18. (causing) zu + dat

\to my relief/horror/astonishment zu meiner Erleichterung/meinem Entsetzen/meinem Erstaunen

much \to her surprise zu ihrer großen Überraschung

19. (according to) für + akk

\to me, it sounds like she's ending the relationship für mich hört sich das an, als ob sie die Beziehung beenden wollte

that outfit looks good \to me das Outfit gefällt mir gut

if it's acceptable \to you wenn Sie einverstanden sind

this would be \to your advantage das wäre zu deinem Vorteil, das wäre für dich von Vorteil

does this make any sense \to you? findest du das auf irgendeine Weise einleuchtend?

fifty pounds is nothing \to him fünfzig Pfund sind nichts für ihn

what's it \to you? ( fam) was geht dich das an?

20. (serving) für + akk

he works as a personal trainer \to the rich and famous er arbeitet als Personal Trainer für die Reichen und Berühmten

they are hat makers \to Her Majesty the Queen sie sind Hutmacher Ihrer Majestät, der Königin

economic adviser \to the president Wirtschaftsberater des Präsidenten

21. FILM (next to)

she was Ophelia \to Olivier's Hamlet in der Verfilmung von Olivier spielte sie neben Hamlet die Ophelia

22. (in honour of) auf + akk

here's \to you! auf dein/Ihr Wohl!

\to the cook! auf den Koch/die Köchin!

the record is dedicated \to her mother die Schallplatte ist ihrer Mutter gewidmet

I propose a toast \to the bride and groom ich bringe einen Toast auf die Braut und den Bräutigam aus

a memorial \to all the soldiers who died in Vietnam ein Denkmal für alle im Vietnamkrieg gefallenen Soldaten

23. (per)

the car gets 25 miles \to the gallon das Auto verbraucht eine Gallone auf 25 Meilen

three parts oil \to one part vinegar drei Teile Öl auf einen Teil Essig

the odds are 2 \to 1 that you'll lose die Chancen stehen 2 zu 1, dass du verlierst

24. (as a result of) von + dat

she awoke \to the sound of screaming sie wurden durch laute Schreie wach

I like exercising \to music ich trainiere gerne mit Musik

I can't dance \to this sort of music ich kann zu dieser Art Musik nicht tanzen

the band walked on stage \to rapturous applause die Band zog unter tosendem Applaus auf die Bühne

25. (roughly) bis + dat

thirty \to thirty-five people dreißig bis fünfunddreißig Leute

26. MATH (defining exponent) hoch

ten \to the power of three zehn hoch drei

27.

▶ that's all there is \to it das ist schon alles

▶ there's not much [or nothing] \to it das ist nichts Besonderes, da ist nichts Besonderes dabei

II. TO FORM INFINITIVES

1. (expressing future intention) zu

she agreed \to help sie erklärte sich bereit zu helfen

I'll have \to tell him ich werde es ihm sagen müssen

I don't expect \to be finished any later than seven ich denke, dass ich spätestens um sieben fertig sein werde

he lived \to see his first grandchild er durfte erleben, dass sein erstes Enkelkind geboren wurde

I have \to go on a business trip ich muss auf eine Geschäftsreise

the company is \to pay over £500,000 die Firma muss über 500.000 Pfund bezahlen

he's going \to write his memoirs er wird seine Memoiren schreiben

I have some things \to be fixed ich habe einige Dinge zu reparieren

Blair \to meet with Bush Blair trifft Bush

to be about \to do sth gerade etw tun wollen, im Begriff sein, etw zu tun

2. (forming requests) zu

she was told \to have the report finished by Friday sie wurde gebeten, den Bericht bis Freitag fertigzustellen

he told me \to wait er sagte mir, ich solle warten

I asked her \to give me a call ich bat sie, mich anzurufen

we asked her \to explain wir baten sie, es uns zu erklären

you've not \to do that du sollst das nicht tun

that man is not \to come here again der Mann darf dieses Haus nicht mehr betreten

young man, you're \to go to your room right now junger Mann, du gehst jetzt auf dein Zimmer

3. (expressing wish) zu

I need \to eat something first ich muss zuerst etwas essen

I'd love \to live in New York ich würde nur zu gern in New York leben

would you like \to dance? möchten Sie tanzen?

that child ought \to be in bed das Kind sollte [schon] im Bett sein

I want \to go now ich möchte jetzt gehen

I need \to go to the bathroom ich muss mal auf die Toilette

do you want \to come with us? willst du [mit uns] mitkommen?

I'd love \to go to France this summer ich würde diesen Sommer gern nach Frankreich fahren

4. (omitting verb)

are you going tonight? — I'm certainly hoping \to gehst du heute Abend? — das hoffe ich sehr

would you like to go and see the Russian clowns? — yes, I'd love \to möchtest du gern die russischen Clowns sehen? — ja, sehr gern

can you drive? — yes I'm able \to but I prefer not \to kannst du Auto fahren? — ja, das kann ich, aber ich fahre nicht gern

5. after adj (to complete meaning)

it's not likely \to happen es ist unwahrscheinlich, dass das geschieht, das wird wohl kaum geschehen

I was afraid \to tell her ich hatte Angst, es ihr zu sagen

he's able \to speak four languages er spricht vier Sprachen

she's due \to have her baby sie bekommt bald ihr Baby

I'm afraid \to fly ich habe Angst vorm Fliegen

she's happy \to see you back sie ist froh, dass du wieder zurück bist

I'm sorry \to hear that es tut mir leid, das zu hören

easy \to use leicht zu bedienen

languages are fun \to learn Sprachenlernen macht Spaß

it is interesting \to know that es ist interessant, das zu wissen

three months is too long \to wait drei Monate zu warten ist zu lang

I'm too nervous \to talk right now ich bin zu nervös, um jetzt zu sprechen

6. (expressing purpose)

I'm going there \to see my sister ich gehe dort hin, um meine Schwester zu treffen

she's gone \to pick Jean up sie ist Jean abholen gegangen

my second attempt \to make flaky pastry mein zweiter Versuch, einen Blätterteig zu machen

they have no reason \to lie sie haben keinerlei Grund zu lügen

I have the chance \to buy a house cheaply ich habe die Gelegenheit, billig ein Haus zu kaufen

something \to eat etwas zu essen

the first person \to arrive die erste Person, die ankam [o eintraf]

Armstrong was the first man \to walk on the moon Armstrong war der erste Mann, der den Mond betrat

7. (expressing intent)

we tried \to help wir versuchten zu helfen

\to make this cake, you'll need... für diesen Kuchen braucht man...

he managed \to escape es gelang ihm zu entkommen

8. (after wh- words)

I don't know what \to do ich weiß nicht, was ich tun soll

I don't know where \to begin ich weiß nicht, wo ich anfangen soll

she was wondering whether \to ask David about it sie fragte sich, ob sie David deswegen fragen sollte

can you tell me how \to get there? könne Sie mir sagen, wie ich dort hinkomme?

9. (introducing clause)

\to tell the truth [or \to be truthful] um die Wahrheit zu sagen

\to be quite truthful with you, Dave, I never really liked the man ich muss dir ehrlich sagen, Dave, ich konnte diesen Mann noch nie leiden

\to be honest um ehrlich zu sein

10. (in consecutive acts) um zu

he looked up \to greet his guests er blickte auf, um seine Gäste zu begrüßen

she reached out \to take his hand sie griff nach seiner Hand

they turned around \to find their car gone sie drehten sich um und bemerkten, dass ihr Auto verschwunden war

III. ADVERB

inv zu

to push [or pull] the door \to die Tür zuschlagen

to come \to zu sich dat kommen

to set \to sich akk daranmachen fam

they set \to with a will, determined to finish the job sie machten sich mit Nachdruck daran, entschlossen, die Arbeit zu Ende zu bringen

* * *
[tuː]
1. PREPOSITION

1) = in direction of, towards zu

to go to the station — zum Bahnhof gehen

to go to the doctor( 's)/greengrocer's etc — zum Arzt/Gemüsehändler etc gehen

to go to the opera/concert etc — in die Oper/ins Konzert etc gehen

to go to France/London — nach Frankreich/London fahren

to go to Switzerland —

to go to school to go to bed — zur Schule or in die Schule gehen ins or zu Bett gehen

to the left — nach links

to the west — nach Westen

he came up to where I was standing —

to fall to the ground — auf den Boden or zu Boden fallen

to turn a picture/one's face to the wall — ein Bild/sich mit dem Gesicht zur Wand drehen

hold it up to the light — halte es gegen das Licht

2) = as far as, until bis

to count (up) to 20 —

there were (from) 40 to 60 people — es waren 40 bis 60 Leute da

it's 90 kms to Paris — nach Paris sind es 90 km

it's correct to a millimetre — es stimmt bis auf den Millimeter

8 years ago to the day — auf den Tag genau vor 8 Jahren

to this day — bis auf den heutigen Tag

they perished to a man — sie kamen alle bis auf den letzten Mann ums Leben

3) = in in (+dat)

I have never been to Brussels/India — ich war noch nie in Brüssel/Indien

4)

= secure to he nailed it to the wall/floor etc — er nagelte es an die Wand/auf den Boden etc

they tied him to the tree —

they held him to the ground — sie hielten ihn am Boden

5)

with indirect object to give sth to sb — jdm etw geben

a present from me to you —

who did you give it to? — wem haben Sie es gegeben?

I said to myself... — ich habe mir gesagt...

he was muttering/singing to himself — er murmelte/sang vor sich hin

what is it to you? — was geht dich das an?

he is kind to everyone — er ist zu allen freundlich

it's a great help to me — das ist eine große Hilfe für mich

he has been a good friend to us — er war uns (dat)

"To... " (on envelope etc) to pray to God — "An (+acc)..." zu Gott beten

6) in toasts auf (+acc)

to drink to sb — jdm zutrinken

to drink to sb's health — auf jds Wohl (acc) trinken

7)

= next to with position bumper to bumper — Stoßstange an Stoßstange

close to sb/sth — nahe bei jdm/etw

at right angles to the wall —

parallel to the wall — parallel zur Wand

to the west (of)/the left (of) — westlich/links (von)

8) with expressions of time vor

20 ( minutes) to 2 — 20 (Minuten) vor 2

at (a) quarter to 2 — um Viertel vor 2

25 to 3 — 5 (Minuten) nach halb 3

it was five to when we arrived — es war fünf vor, als wir ankamen

9) = in relation to zu

A is to B as C is to D —

by a majority of 10 to 7 — mit einer Mehrheit von 10 zu 7

they won by 4 goals to 2 — sie haben mit 4:2 (spoken: vier zu zwei) Toren gewonnen

10) = per pro; (in recipes, when mixing) auf (+acc)

one person to a room — eine Person pro Zimmer

11) MATH

3 to the 4th, 3 to the power of 4 — 3 hoch 4

12)

= concerning what do you say to the idea? — was hältst du von der Idee?

what would you say to a beer? — was hältst du von einem Bier?

that's all there is to it — das ist alles

to repairing television £30 (Comm) — (für) Reparatur eines Fernsehers £ 30

13)

= according to to the best of my knowledge — nach bestem Wissen

it's not to my taste — das ist nicht nach meinem Geschmack

14)

= accompanied by to sing to the guitar —

to sing sth to the tune of... — etw nach der Melodie von... singen

to dance to a tune/a band — zu einer Melodie/den Klängen or der Musik eines Orchesters tanzen

15)

= of ambassador to America/the King of France — Botschafter in Amerika/am Hofe des Königs von Frankreich

secretary to the director — Sekretärin des Direktors

16)

= producing to everyone's surprise — zu jedermanns Überraschung

17)

infinitive to begin to do sth — anfangen, etw zu tun

he decided to come — er beschloss zu kommen

I want to do it — ich will es tun

I want him to do it — ich will, dass er es tut

18)

conditional use of infinitive to see him now, one would never think... — wenn man ihn jetzt sieht, würde man nicht glauben,...

19)

infinitive expressing purpose, result to eat/work to live —

I did it to help you — ich tat es, um dir zu helfen

to get to the point,... — um zur Sache zu kommen,...

well, not to exaggerate... — ohne zu übertreiben,...

I arrived to find she had gone — als ich ankam, war sie weg

never to be found again — und wurde nie wiedergefunden

20)

omitting verb I don't want to — ich will nicht

I'll try to — ich werde es versuchen

you have to — du musst

I'd love to — sehr gerne

we didn't want to but we were forced to — wir wollten nicht, aber wir waren dazu gezwungen

I intended to (do it), but I forgot (to) — ich wollte es tun, aber ich habe es vergessen

buy it, it would be silly not to — kaufe es, es wäre dumm, es nicht zu tun

he often does things one doesn't expect him to — er macht oft Dinge, die man nicht von ihm erwartet

21)

set structures __diams; noun/pronoun + to + infinitive he is not the sort to do that — er ist nicht der Typ, der das täte, er ist nicht der Typ dazu

I have done nothing to deserve this — ich habe nichts getan, womit ich das verdient hätte

there's no-one to help us — es ist niemand da, der uns helfen könnte

who is he to order you around? — wer ist er denn, dass er dich so herumkommandiert?

he was the first to arrive — er kam als Erster an, er war der Erste, der ankam

who was the last to see her? —

there is much to be done — es gibt viel zu tun

what is there to do here? —

now is the time to do it — jetzt ist die (beste) Zeit, es zu tun

the book is still to be written — das Buch muss noch geschrieben werden

are you ready to go at last? — bist du endlich fertig?

it's hard to understand — es ist schwer zu verstehen

it's impossible to believe — das kann man einfach nicht glauben

you are foolish to try it — du bist dumm, das überhaupt zu versuchen

is it good to eat? —

it's too heavy to lift too young to marry — es ist zu schwer zum Heben zu jung zum Heiraten

he's too old to be still in short trousers — er ist schon so alt und trägt noch kurze Hosen

2. ADJECTIVE
door (= ajar) angelehnt; (= shut) zu
3. ADVERB

to and fro — hin und her; walk auf und ab

* * *

to

A präp [tuː; tʊ; tə]

1. (Grundbedeutung) zu

2. (Richtung und Ziel, räumlich) zu, nach, an (akk), in (akk), auf (akk):

go to London nach London fahren;

from east to west von Osten nach Westen;

throw sth to the ground etwas auf den oder zu Boden werfen

3. in (dat):

have you ever been to London?

4. (Richtung, Ziel, Zweck) zu, auf (akk), an (akk), in (akk), für, gegen:

play to a large audience vor einem großen Publikum spielen; → duty A 1 a, invite A 1, pray B 2, etc

5. (Zugehörigkeit) zu, in (akk), für, auf (akk):

that is all there is to it das ist alles;

a cap with a tassel to it eine Mütze mit einer Troddel (daran);

a key to the case ein Schlüssel für den oder zum Koffer;

a room to myself ein Zimmer für mich (allein); → assistant B 1, end C 7, moral B 1, secretary 1, etc

6. (Übereinstimmung, Gemäßheit) nach, für, gemäß: → astonishment, etc

7. (im Verhältnis oder Vergleich) zu, gegen, gegenüber, auf (akk), mit:

the score is three to one (3-1) das Spiel oder es steht drei zu eins (3:1);

two is to four as four is to eight zwei verhält sich zu vier wie vier zu acht

8. (Ausmaß, Grenze, Grad) bis, (bis) zu, (bis) an (akk), auf (akk), in (dat):

to the clouds bis an die Wolken;

ten feet to the ground zehn Fuß bis zum Boden; → craziness

9. (zeitliche Ausdehnung oder Grenze) bis, bis zu, bis gegen, auf (akk), vor (dat):

from three to four von drei bis vier (Uhr);

it’s ten to five es ist zehn vor fünf

10. (Begleitung) zu, nach:

sing to a guitar zu einer Gitarre singen;

they danced to a tune sie tanzten nach einer Melodie; → dance A 1

11. zur Bildung des Dativs:

a) betont:

he gave the book to me, not to you! er gab das Buch mir, nicht Ihnen!

b) unbetont:

she was a good mother to him sie war ihm eine gute Mutter

B partikel [tʊ; tə]

1. zur Bezeichnung des Infinitivs:

to go gehen;

easy to understand leicht zu verstehen;

she was heard to cry man hörte sie weinen

2. (Zweck, Absicht) um zu, zu:

he only does it to earn money er tut es nur, um Geld zu verdienen

3. zur Verkürzung des Nebensatzes:

I weep to think of it ich weine, wenn ich daran denke;

he was the first to arrive er kam als Erster;

to hear him talk wenn man ihn (so) reden hört; → honest A 1 b

4. zur Bezeichnung eines Grundes:

why blame you me to love you? obs oder poet was tadelst du mich, weil ich dich liebe?

5. zur Andeutung eines aus dem Vorhergehenden zu ergänzenden Infinitivs:

I don’t go because I don’t want to ich gehe nicht, weil ich nicht (gehen) will

C adv [tuː]

1. a) zu, geschlossen:

pull the door to die Türe zuziehen

b) angelehnt:

leave the door to

2. (wieder) zu Bewusstsein oder zu sich: → bring to A 1, come to 1

3. SCHIFF nahe am Wind:

keep her to!

4. to and fro

a) hin und her,

b) auf und ab

* * *
1.
[before vowel tʊ, before consonant tə, stressed tuː] preposition

1) (in the direction of and reaching) zu; (with name of place) nach

go to work/to the theatre — zur Arbeit/ins Theater gehen

to Paris/France — nach Paris/Frankreich

go from town to town — von Stadt zu Stadt ziehen

throw the ball to me — wirf mir den Ball zu

2) (towards a condition or quality) zu

appoint somebody to a post — jemanden auf einen Posten berufen

3) (as far as) bis zu

from London to Edinburgh — von London [bis] nach Edinburgh

increase from 10 % to 20 % — von 10 % auf 20 % steigen

4) (next to, facing)

with one's back to the wall — mit dem Rücken zur Wand

5) (implying comparison, ratio, etc.)

[compared] to — verglichen mit; im Vergleich zu

3 is to 4 as 6 is to 8 — 3 verhält sich zu 4 wie 6 zu 8

it's ten to one he does something — die Chancen stehen zehn zu eins, dass er etwas tut

6) introducing relationship or indirect object

to somebody/something — jemandem/einer Sache (Dat.)

lend/explain etc. something to somebody — jemandem etwas leihen/erklären usw.

speak to somebody — mit jemandem sprechen

relate to something — sich auf etwas (Akk.) beziehen

to me — (in my opinion) meiner Meinung nach

secretary to the Minister — Sekretär des Ministers

a room to oneself — ein eigenes Zimmer

get four apples to the pound — vier Äpfel je Pfund bekommen

that's all there is to it — mehr ist dazu nicht zu sagen

what's that to you? — was geht das dich an?

7) (until) bis

to the end — bis zum Ende

to this day — bis heute

five [minutes] to eight — fünf [Minuten] vor acht

8) with infinitive of a verb zu; expressing purpose, or after too um [...] zu

want to know — wissen wollen

do something to annoy somebody — etwas tun, um jemanden zu ärgern

too young to marry — zu jung, um zu heiraten; zu jung zum Heiraten

too hot to drink — zu heiß zum Trinken

to rebel is pointless — es ist sinnlos zu rebellieren

he woke to find himself in a strange room — er erwachte und fand sich in einem fremden Zimmer wieder

to use a technical term — um einen Fachausdruck zu gebrauchen

9) as substitute for infinitive

he would have phoned but forgot to — er hätte angerufen, aber er vergaß es

she didn't want to go there, but she had to — sie wollte nicht hingehen, aber sie musste
2.
[tuː] adverb

1) (just not shut)

be to — [Tür, Fenster:] angelehnt sein

push a door to — eine Tür anlehnen

2)

to and fro — hin und her

English-german dictionary > to
17 fancy

1. III
1) fancy smth., smb. fancy a wonderful castle (a very swift horse, a blue rose, a beautiful queen etc.) представлять /мысленно рисовать/ себе чудесный замок и т.д.; fancy all kinds of things придумывать /воображать/ [себе] все, что угодно /всякую чепуху/; fancy his astonishment представьте себе /вообразите/ его удивление

2) I fancy his house (this place, the lodgings, smb.'s offer, the idea of having a' picnic, this pretty girl, etc.) мне нравится его дом и т.д.; he fancies her looks она нравится ему внешне, ему нравится ее внешность; it is not an article that I fancy much я не в восторге от этой статьи; fancy a bit of chicken (a chop, devilled kidneys, etc.) быть не прочь съесть кусочек курицы и т.д.; you may eat anything you fancy вы можете есть все, что вам захочется; he fancies his tennis (his bridge) он считает себя хорошим игроком в теннис (в бридж); she fancies her taste она считает, что у нее хороший вкус
2. VI
fancy smb. as being in some state fancy smb. dead (young, unclean, blind, etc.) считать, что кто-л. мертв и т.д.; fancy smb. as possessing some quality fancy smb. beautiful (strong, dangerous, etc.) считать кого-л. красивым и т.д.; he fancied himself very clever он считал себя очень умным
3. VII
fancy smb. to be somewhere fancy smb. to be there (to be at home, to be abroad, etc.) думать /полагать/, что кто-л. находится там и т.д.; fancy smb. to be in some state fancy smb. to be dead считать, что кто-л. мертв
4. VIII
fancy smb. doing smth. fancy him risking his skin (our Ann teaching English, the boy giving the toy away, etc.) представлять себе, что он может рисковать собой /своей жизнью, своей шкурой/ и т.д.; fancy her saying such things about you I подумать только, что она говорила о вас такие вещи!
5. XIV
fancy doing smth. fancy coming here (travelling with him all the way, believing that I was there, etc.) воображать, что /как/ придешь сюда и т.д.; fancy having to wait all afternoon представьте себе /подумать только/, что придется ждать до вечера; fancy meeting you here! вот уж не ожидал, что встречу вас здесь!; fancy smb. 's doing smth. fancy his doing such a thing (his saying a thing like that, his believing it, etc.) воображать /представлять себе/, что /как/ он сделает такую вещь и т.д.; fancy their coming so late! подумать только, что они так поздно явились!
6. XXI1
1)

fancy smb., smth. in some place fancy yourself in fairyland (him in Rome, her at a ball in the palace, etc.) вообразите, что вы /будто вы/ находитесь в сказочной стране и т.д.; fancy smb., smth. at some time fancy this situation in the
7. XVIII t
th century (him in the times of the Inquisition, etc.) представьте себе, что подобное случалось в восемнадцатом веке и т.д.

2)

fancy smth. for smth. what dti you fancy for your dinner? что бы вам хотелось на обед?
8. XXIV1
fancy smb. as smb. fancy smb. as an orator (as an African explorer, as a pirate, etc.) представлять себе кого-л. в качестве оратора и т.д.; I can't fancy him as a soldier не представляю его себе солдатом; he fancies himself as an actor он считает себя актером
9. XXV
1) fancy how... (what..., etc.) fancy how I felt when he said it (what it is like to be doall. that smth. will happen, that he is here, etc.) представьте себе /вообразите/, что я испытал, когда он сказал это и т. д.

2) fancy that...I fancied that I heard a noise (that I heard smb. following me, that I saw a lion behind the bush, etc.) мне показалась, что я услышал шум и т. д.; I fancy that he is a widower (that he is out, that I have seen him before. that it is wrong, that she is forty, etc.) мне кажется /у меня такое впечатление/, что он вдовец и т. д.; I fancy he won't come по-моему, он не придет; don't fancy you can succeed without hard work не думайте, что можно добиться успеха без труда: tie fancies he knows everything он воображает, что все знает /что ему все известно/; do you fancy it's all right? тебе кажется, [что] все в порядке?

English-Russian dictionary of verb phrases > fancy
18 lady

1. n леди, дама; госпожа

great lady — знатная дама

young lady — молодая особа; барышня

lady of quality — аристократка

Ladies and Gentlemen! — дамы и господа!

my dear lady — сударыня

ladies first! — дамы, пожалуйста, проходите!; сначала дамы

my lady — миледи

grand lady — знатная дама

pink lady — «розовая дама»

white lady — «дама в белом»

Lady Bracknell — леди Бракнелл

2. n амер. прост. женщина

she was the most devout lady in town — она была самой набожной женщиной в городе

3. n поэт. дама сердца; возлюбленная

a lady of high degree — знатная дама

to wait upon a lady — ухаживать за дамой

to pay attentions to a lady — ухаживать за дамой

to take a lady in to dinner — вести даму к столу

to hand a lady into a car — посадить даму в машину

4. n жена, супруга

your good lady — ваша супруга

first lady — супруга президента

5. n хозяйка

the lady of the house — хозяйка дома

6. n поэт. владычица

our sovereign lady — королева; государыня

Our Lady — богоматерь, владычица небесная

chairlady — председатель

saleslady — продавщица

landlady — хозяйка

lady of easy virtue — женщина лёгкого поведения

lady of pleasure — куртизанка

lady of the frying-pan — кухарка

7. a женского пола

lady doctor — женщина-врач

lady secretary — женщина секретарь

leading lady — исполнительница главной женской роли

Синонимический ряд:

1. aristocrat (noun) aristocrat; noble; patrician; queen

2. female (noun) female; miss; Mrs.; wife

3. high-born lady (noun) high-born lady; mistress of a manor; mistress of an estate; noblewoman; titled lady

4. woman (noun) adult; dame; female person; gentlewoman; matron; she; woman

5. woman of good breeding (noun) cultured woman; well-bred woman; woman of education; woman of good breeding; woman of good quality; woman of good taste

Антонимический ряд:

man; plebeian

English-Russian base dictionary > lady
19 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).

   ■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).

   ■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.

   ■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.

   ■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.

   ■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.

   ■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.

   ■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.

   ■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.

   ■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.

   ■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.

   ■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.

   ■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.

   ■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Adragão, José Victor. The Algarve: The Land, the Sea and Its People. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.

   ■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.

   ■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.

   ■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.

   ■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.

   ■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.

   ■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.

   ■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.

   ■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.

   ■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)

   ■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.

   ■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ David, Pierre. Etudes Historiques sur la Galice et le Portugal du VI au XII siécle. Paris, 1947.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.

   ■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.

   ■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.

   ■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.

   ■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.

   ■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.

   ■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■. Introduçao à História da Agricultura em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.

   ■. Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.

   ■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.

   ■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.

   ■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.

   ■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.

   ■ Imperial and Early Modern (1415-1822)

   ■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.

   ■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.

   ■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ Bovill, Edward W. The Battle of the Alcazar: An Account of the Defeat of Dom Sebastian at El-Ksar el-Kebir. London, 1952.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.

   ■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.

   ■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.

   ■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.

   ■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.

   ■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.

   ■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.

   ■. The Portugal Trade: A Study of Anglo-Portuguese Commerce, 1700- 1770. London: Methuen, 1971.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal, 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.

   ■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.

   ■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.

   ■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.

   ■. A Economia dos descobrimentos henri-quinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■. Estructura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.

   ■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.

   ■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.

   ■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.

   ■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.

   ■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.

   ■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.

   ■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.

   ■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.

   ■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.

   ■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Constitutional Monarchy and Liberalism (1822-1910)

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.

   ■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.

   ■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.

   ■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.

   ■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. Livre Câmbio e Desenvolvimento Económico: Portugal na segunda metade do século XIX. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. Revolução, Finanças, Dependência Externa ( de 1820 à convenção de Gramido). Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.

   ■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.

   ■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.

   ■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.

   ■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.

   ■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.

   ■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.

   ■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.

   ■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.

   ■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.

   ■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.

   ■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.

   ■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.

   ■. O Futuro de Portugal: Portugal Apos À Guerra. Oporto, 1920.

   ■ Chagas, João. Diário, 1914-1918, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1929-30.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.

   ■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.

   ■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.

   ■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.

   ■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.

   ■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.

   ■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.

   ■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.

   ■ Medeiros, Fernando. Nas Orígens Do A Sociedade E A Economia Portuguesas Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1978. Medina, João. "Oh! a República!...," Estudos sobre o Republicanismo e a Primeira República Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.

   ■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.

   ■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.

   ■. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Alguns aspectos estruturais. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa— 1917. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente— Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.

   ■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.

   ■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.

   ■. The Social Origins of Democratic Collapse: The First Portuguese Republic in the Global Economy. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1989.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.

   ■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.

   ■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.

   ■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■. História De Portugal Volume XII: História Diplomática, Social, Económica e Cultural. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.

   ■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.

   ■ Authoritarian Portugal (1926-74)

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■. Um Homem Bom: Aristides De Sousa Mendes, O " Wallenberg Portuguese' Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.

   ■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.

   ■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.

   ■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).

   ■. Monárquicos e Republicanos no Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.

   ■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.

   ■. História Breve das Constituições Portugueses. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial Contributos para uma reavaliação. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.

   ■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.

   ■. As camisas azuis: Ideologias, elites e movimentos fascistas em Portugal, 1914-1945. Lisbon: Estampa, 1994.

   ■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.

   ■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.

   ■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.

   ■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.

   ■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.

   ■. Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Ausentes. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.

   ■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.

   ■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.

   ■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.

   ■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.

   ■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.

   ■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.

   ■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.

   ■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.

   ■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.

   ■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.

   ■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.

   ■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.

   ■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.

   ■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Salazar E Os Fascistas: Salazarismo e Nacional-Sindicalismo: A história dum conflito 1932/1935. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. Ditadura: O " Estado Novo," 2 vols., in his História Contemporânea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.

   ■. História de Portugal, 1933-1974: II Supplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.

   ■. A Liga de Paris E A Ditadura Militar, 1927-1928. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.

   ■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.

   ■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.

   ■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.

   ■. A Preparação Ideológica da Intervenção Militar de 28 de Maio de 1926. Oporto, 1978.

   ■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.

   ■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Discriminação Política No Emprego No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Trabalho, Sindicatos E Greves No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Correspondência Entre Mário De Figueiredo E Oliveira Salazar. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Repressão Política E Social No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Correspondência de Pedro Teotónio Pereira para Oliveira Salazar vol. 1 ( 1931-1939), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1987-89.

   ■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Fascism and Resistance in Portugal: Communists, Liberals and the Military Dissidents in the Opposition to Salazar, 1941-1974. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1988.

   ■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.

   ■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.

   ■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan

   ■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.

   ■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. O Salazarismo E A Aliança Luso-Britânica. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De

   ■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.

   ■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.

   ■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.

   ■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.

   ■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.

   ■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.

   ■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.

   ■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.

   ■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.

   ■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.

   ■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.

   ■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.

   ■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.

   ■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.

   ■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.

   ■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ World War II and Portugal

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.

   ■ Anon., Fugindo a Hitler e a Salazar e ao Holocausto-Refugiados em Portugal entre 1933-1945. Lisbon: Soc. Tipografica, 1994.

   ■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.

   ■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.

   ■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.

   ■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.

   ■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.

   ■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.

   ■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.

   ■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.

   ■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.

   ■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.

   ■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.

   ■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.

   ■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.

   ■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Os Acores E O Controlo Do Atlantico ( 1898/ 1948). Lisbon: Ed. Asa, 1993.

   ■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.

   ■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.

   ■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.

   ■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.

   ■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.

   ■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.

   ■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.

   ■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.

   ■ The Military

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.

   ■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, Jose. O Comportamento Politico dos Militares, Forcas Armadas e Regimes Politicos em Portugal no seculo XX. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992.

   ■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.

   ■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.

   ■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.

   ■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.

   ■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Government and Politics since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.

   ■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.

   ■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.

   ■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.

   ■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.

   ■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.

   ■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.

   ■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.

   ■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Contemporary Portugal since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.

   ■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.

   ■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.

   ■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.

   ■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.

   ■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.

   ■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.

   ■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.

   ■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.

   ■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.

   ■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.

   ■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.

   ■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.

   ■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.

   ■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.

   ■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.

   ■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.

   ■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.

   ■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.

   ■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.

   ■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.

   ■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.

   ■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.

   ■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.

   ■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. Evolução e Instituições: A Extinção dos Grémios da Lavoura Alentejanos. Mem Martins, 1984.

   ■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.

   ■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.

   ■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).

   ■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).

   ■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.

   ■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.

   ■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.

   ■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.

   ■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.

   ■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.

   ■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.

   ■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.

   ■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.

   ■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.

   ■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).

   ■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.

   ■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.

   ■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.

   ■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].

   ■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.

   ■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.

   ■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,

   ■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.

   ■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).

   ■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. País Sem Rumo: Contributo para a História de uma Revolução. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Stock, Maria José. Os Partidos do Poder: Dez Anos Depois do " 25 De Abril." Evora, 1986.

   ■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.

   ■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.

   ■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.

   ■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.

   ■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA

   ■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.

   ■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.

   ■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.

   ■. Condições geográficos e históricas de autonomia política de Portugal. Coimbra, 1935.

   ■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.

   ■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.

   ■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■. A geografia e a divisão regional do país. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.

   ■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.

   ■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.

   ■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.

   ■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY

   ■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).

   ■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da

   ■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.

   ■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.

   ■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.

   ■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.

   ■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.

   ■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.

   ■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.

   ■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:

   ■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.

   ■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS

   ■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.

   ■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.

   ■. The Journal of William Beckford in Portugal and Spain 1787-1788.

   ■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.

   ■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.

   ■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.

   ■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.

   ■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.

   ■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.

   ■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.

   ■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.

   ■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.

   ■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.

   ■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.

   ■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.

   ■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.

   ■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.

   ■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.

   ■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.

   ■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.

   ■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.

   ■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.

   ■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.

   ■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.

   ■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.

   ■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.

   ■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.

   ■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.

   ■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.

   ■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.

   ■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.

   ■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.

   ■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.

   ■. Navegadores, viajantes e adventureiros portugueses: Séculos XV e XVI. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Portuguese Books on Nautical Science from Pedro Nunes to 1650. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.

   ■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.

   ■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. A expansão dos Portugueses no período henriquinho. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Descobrimentos precolombanos dos portugueses. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.

   ■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.

   ■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.

   ■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.

   ■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]

   ■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.

   ■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.

   ■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.

   ■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.

   ■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.

   ■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.

   ■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.

   ■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.

   ■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.

   ■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.

   ■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.

   ■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)

   ■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.

   ■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.

   ■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.

   ■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.

   ■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.

   ■. Velho Brasil, Novas Africas: Portugal e o Império ( 1808-1975). Oporto: Afrontamento, 2000.

   ■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.

   ■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.

   ■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.

   ■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.

   ■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.

   ■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.

   ■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.

   ■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.

   ■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.

   ■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.

   ■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.

   ■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.

   ■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.

   ■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.

   ■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.

   ■ Bhíla, H. H. K. Trade and Politics in a Shona Kingdom: The Manyika and Their Portuguese and African Neighbours, 1875-1902. Harlow, U.K.: Longman, 1990.

   ■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.

   ■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.

   ■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.

   ■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East— Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.

   ■ ———. Salvador de Sá and the Struggle for Brazil and Angola, 1602-1688. London, 1952.

   ■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.

   ■ ———. Race Relations in the Portuguese Colonial Empire, 1415-1825. Oxford:

   ■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.

   ■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.

   ■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.

   ■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.

   ■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.

   ■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.

   ■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.

   ■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.

   ■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.

   ■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.

   ■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.

   ■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.

   ■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.

   ■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.

   ■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.

   ■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.

   ■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.

   ■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.

   ■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.

   ■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.

   ■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.

   ■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.

   ■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.

   ■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.

   ■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.

   ■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.

   ■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.

   ■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.

   ■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.

   ■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.

   ■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.

   ■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.

   ■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.

   ■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.

   ■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.

   ■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.

   ■. Short History of Portuguese Colonization. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.

   ■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.

   ■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.

   ■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.

   ■. Diálogos Interditos: A Política Externa Portuguesa E A Guerra De Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.

   ■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.

   ■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.

   ■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.

   ■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Naissance de la Guinée: Portugais et Africains en Senegambie ( 1841-1936). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1989.

   ■. Timor En Guerre: Le Crocodile et les Portugais ( 1847-1913). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1996.

   ■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).

   ■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.

   ■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.

   ■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.

   ■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.

   ■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.

   ■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.

   ■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.

   ■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.

   ■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.

   ■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.

   ■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.

   ■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.

   ■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.

   ■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.

   ■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.

   ■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.

   ■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. The Reign of the Fortunate King ( Manuel I), 1495-1521. Hamden, Conn.: Archon, 1969.

   ■. Knight of the Renaissance: A Biography of Dom João de Castro. London: Hutchinson, n.d.

   ■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].

   ■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.

   ■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.

   ■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.

   ■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.

   ■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.

   ■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.

   ■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.

   ■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.

   ■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.

   ■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.

   ■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.

   ■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.

   ■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.

   ■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.

   ■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.

   ■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.

   ■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.

   ■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.

   ■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.

   ■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.

   ■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.

   ■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.

   ■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.

   ■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.

   ■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.

   ■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.

   ■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.

   ■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.

   ■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.

   ■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.

   ■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.

   ■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.

   ■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.

   ■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.

   ■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.

   ■ Portuguese Migration and Communities Abroad

   ■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).

   ■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.

   ■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.

   ■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.

   ■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.

   ■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.

   ■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.

   ■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.

   ■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.

   ■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.

   ■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.

   ■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.

   ■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.

   ■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.

   ■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.

   ■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.

   ■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.

   ■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.

   ■. Portugueses e Moçambicanos no Apartheid: Da Ficção à Realidade. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.

   ■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.

   ■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.

   ■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.

   ■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.

   ■. Testemunhos sobre a Emigração Portuguesa: Antologia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.

   ■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.

   ■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Vicente, António Luís. Os Portuguese Nos Estados Unidos Da América: Política De Comunidades E Comunidade Política. Lisbon: FLAD, 1998.

   ■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.

   ■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.

   ■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)

   ■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.

   ■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.

   ■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.

   ■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira— the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.

   ■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.

   ■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.

   ■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.

   ■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.

   ■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.

   ■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.

   ■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.

   ■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.

   ■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.

   ■ Anglo-Portuguese Alliance (1373-Present)

   ■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.

   ■. Para a história da aliança luso-britânica. Lisbon, 1955.

   ■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.

   ■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.

   ■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.

   ■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.

   ■. Portugal e a Internacionalização dos Problemas Africanos. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.

   ■ Crollen, Luc. Portugal, the U.S. and NATO. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1973.

   ■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.

   ■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.

   ■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.

   ■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.

   ■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.

   ■. A Cooperaçio Anglo-Portuguesa na Grande Guerra de 1914-18. Lisbon, 1942.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.

   ■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.

   ■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.

   ■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.

   ■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.

   ■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.

   ■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.

   ■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.

   ■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).

   ■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.

   ■. As Relações Políticas Luso-Britânicas 1910-1916. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.

   ■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.

   ■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.

   ■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.

   ■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.

   ■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY

   ■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.

   ■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.

   ■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.

   ■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.

   ■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.

   ■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.

   ■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.

   ■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.

   ■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.

   ■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.

   ■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.

   ■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.

   ■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.

   ■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.

   ■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.

   ■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.

   ■ Monteiro, Paulo. Terra que ja foi terra: Análise Sociológica de nove lugares agro-pastorais da Serra da Lousã. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.

   ■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.

   ■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.

   ■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.

   ■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.

   ■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In

   ■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.

   ■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.

   ■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.

   ■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.

   ■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.

   ■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.

   ■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.

   ■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.

   ■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.

   ■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.

   ■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.

   ■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.

   ■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.

   ■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.

   ■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.

   ■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC

   ■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.

   ■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.

   ■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.

   ■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.

   ■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.

   ■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.

   ■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. A Reconstrucão e a Arquitectura Pombalina. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.

   ■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.

   ■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.

   ■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.

   ■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.

   ■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.

   ■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.

   ■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.

   ■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.

   ■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■. A música portuguesa e os sus problemas: Ensaios. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.

   ■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.

   ■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.

   ■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.

   ■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.

   ■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.

   ■. Azulejaria em Portugal no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.

   ■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.

   ■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.

   ■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.

   ■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.

   ■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.

   ■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.

   ■ Sculpture and Ceramics

   ■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.

   ■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.

   ■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.

   ■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.

   ■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.

   ■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.

   ■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.

   ■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.

   ■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.

   ■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.

   ■ Cinema

   ■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.

   ■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.

   ■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.

   ■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.

   ■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.

   ■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.

   ■ Children's Literature

   ■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.

   ■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:

   ■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:

   ■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.

   ■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.

   ■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.

   ■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.

   ■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.

   ■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.

   ■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.

   ■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.

   ■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.

   ■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.

   ■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature

   ■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.

   ■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.

   ■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.

   ■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.

   ■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.

   ■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.

   ■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.

   ■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.

   ■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.

   ■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■ The Inquisition in History

   ■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.

   ■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.

   ■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■. História das Inquisições: Portugal, Espanha e Itália. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1994.

   ■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.

   ■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.

   ■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.

   ■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.

   ■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.

   ■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.

   ■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Literature in English Translation: Selection

   ■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.

   ■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.

   ■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.

   ■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.

   ■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.

   ■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.

   ■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.

   ■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.

   ■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.

   ■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.

   ■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.

   ■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.

   ■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.

   ■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.

   ■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.

   ■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.

   ■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.

   ■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.

   ■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.

   ■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.

   ■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.

   ■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.

   ■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.

   ■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.

   ■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].

   ■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George

   ■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.

   ■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.

   ■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.

   ■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.

   ■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.

   ■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.

   ■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.

   ■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.

   ■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.

   ■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.

   ■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.

   ■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.

   ■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.

   ■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.

   ■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.

   ■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.

   ■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.

   ■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.

   ■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.

   ■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.

   ■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.

   ■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.

   ■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.

   ■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.

   ■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.

   ■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.

   ■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.

   ■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.

   ■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.

   ■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.

   ■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.

   ■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.

   ■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.

   ■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.

   ■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine

   ■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.

   ■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.

   ■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.

   ■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.

   ■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.

   ■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.

   ■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.

   ■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.

   ■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.

   ■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■. Self-catering in Portugal: Making the Most of Local Food and Drink. London: Croom Helm, 1986.

   ■ Gardens and Gardening of Portugal and Madeira

   ■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz— The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.

   ■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.

   ■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.

   ■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.

   ■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.

   ■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.

   ■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.

   ■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.

   ■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.

   ■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.

   ■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.

   ■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.

   ■. Ciência e experiência nos Descobrimentos portugueses. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Para a História de Ciência em Portugal. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. As Navegaçoes E A Sua Projecção Na Ciência E Na Cultura. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.

   ■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.

   ■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.

   ■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.

   ■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.

   ■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.

   ■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.

   ■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).

   ■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).

   ■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.

   ■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.

   ■ Silvestre Ribeiro, José. História dos Establecimentos Scientíficos, Literários e Artísticos de Portugal nos Successivos Reinados da Monarchia, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1871-83.

   ■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.

   ■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Feminism and Women's Studies

   ■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.

   ■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.

   ■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.

   ■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.

   ■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Religion and Catholic Church

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.

   ■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.

   ■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.

   ■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.

   ■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing

   ■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.

   ■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.

   ■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.

   ■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.

   ■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.

   ■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.

   ■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.

   ■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.

   ■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.

   ■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.

   ■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.

   ■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.

   ■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.

   ■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.

   ■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.

   ■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Moreira da Fonseca, A. Port Wine: Notes on Its History, Production and Technology. Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.

   ■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.

   ■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.

   ■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.

   ■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.

   ■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.

   ■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.

   ■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT

   ■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.

   ■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.

   ■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.

   ■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.

   ■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.

   ■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.

   ■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).

   ■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.

   ■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.

   ■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.

   ■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.

   ■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.

   ■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].

   ■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.

   ■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.

   ■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.

   ■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.

   ■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.

   ■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.

   ■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.

   ■. As Finanças Públicas Portuguesas Entre As Duas Guerras Mundiais. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.

   ■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.

   ■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.

   ■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.

   ■. Os melhores postais antigos de Lisboa ( The best old postcards of Lisbon). Lisbon: Químera, 1995.

   ■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.

   ■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.

   ■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.

   ■ EQUESTRIANISM

   ■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.

   ■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.

   ■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.

   ■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.

   ■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,

   ■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.

   ■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.com

Historical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
20 regnant

regnant ['regnənt]

adjective

(a) (after n) (queen, prince) régnant

(b) literary (idea) répandu; (taste) prépondérant

Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > regnant

См. также в других словарях:

to\ the\ queen's\ taste — • to the kings taste • to the queen s taste adv. phr. Perfectly; just as anyone could want it; very satisfactorily. The rooms in her new home were painted and decorated to the queen s taste. The soldiers dressed and marched to the king s taste … Словарь американских идиом
to the queen's taste — phrasal : to the satisfaction of an extremely discriminating person … Useful english dictionary
Taste In Men — Single par Placebo extrait de l’album Black Market Music Face A Taste In Men Face B Theme From The Funky Reverend Sortie 17 juillet 2000 Durée 04:17 Auteur(s) … Wikipédia en Français
Taste in men — Single par Placebo extrait de l’album Black Market Music Face A Taste In Men Face B Theme From The Funky Reverend Sortie 17 juillet 2000 Durée 04:17 Auteur(s) … Wikipédia en Français
Taste in Men — Single par Placebo extrait de l’album Black Market Music Face A Taste In Men Face B Theme From The Funky Reverend Sortie 17 juillet 2000 Durée 04:17 … Wikipédia en Français
Queen City Yacht Club (Seattle) — Queen City Yacht Club is located on Portage Bay in Seattle, Washington, and has been a part of the United States boating community since 1916. It is a charter member of the Grand Fourteen Yacht Clubs in Puget Sound, and with an active membership… … Wikipedia
Queen Elizabeth The Queen Mother — For other Queen Mothers called Elizabeth, see Queen Elizabeth (disambiguation). Elizabeth Bowes Lyon … Wikipedia
Queen Anne Style architecture — The Queen Anne Style is a style of architecture, furniture and decoration that reached its greatest popularity in the last quarter of the 19th century, manifesting itself in a number of different ways in different countries. It consisted largely… … Wikipedia
Queen (band) — Infobox musical artist Name = Queen Img size = 250 Img capt = Queen live in Frankfurt, Germany, 1984. l r: John Deacon (side), Freddie Mercury (front), Brian May (rear) and Roger Taylor (back). Landscape = yes Background = group or band Origin =… … Wikipedia
Taste in Men — Infobox Single | Name = Taste in Men Artist = Placebo from Album = Black Market Music Released = 2000 17 July Genre = Rock Label = Virgin Records Chart position = * #16 (UK) Last single = Burger Queen Francais (1999) This single = Taste in Men… … Wikipedia
Ellery Queen — For the TV series, see Ellery Queen (TV series). Frederic Dannay (left), with James Yaffe (1943) Ellery Queen is both a fictional character and a pseudonym used by two American cousins from Brooklyn, New York: Daniel Nathan, alias Frederic Dannay … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

to a queen's taste

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

to a queen's taste

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: